1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" t)
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" t)
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
72 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
73 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
78 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
81 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
87 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" t)
88 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
90 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
91 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
97 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" t)
98 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
100 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
101 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
102 Completion is available.
104 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" t)
109 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
111 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
113 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
114 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
115 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
116 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
117 outside a function.")
119 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
121 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
122 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
123 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
125 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
127 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
128 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
129 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
130 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
131 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
132 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
134 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
136 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
137 Prompt for a change log name.
141 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
142 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
144 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
145 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
146 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
147 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
149 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
150 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
151 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. Stop at the first
152 such file that exists (or has a buffer visiting it), or the first directory
153 that contains any of `change-log-directory-files'. If no match is found,
154 use the current directory. To override the choice of this function,
155 simply create an empty ChangeLog file first by hand in the desired place.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" t)
242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
245 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
246 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
247 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
248 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
249 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
250 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
251 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
252 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
253 interpreted as `error'.")
255 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
258 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
259 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
260 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
261 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
262 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
263 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
264 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
269 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
274 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
279 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
282 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
283 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
284 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
285 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
288 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
291 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
292 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
293 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
294 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
295 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
298 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
299 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
304 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
305 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
306 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
307 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
308 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
309 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
310 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
311 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
312 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
313 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
314 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
315 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
316 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
317 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
318 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
323 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
324 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
327 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
330 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
331 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
332 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
333 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
334 see also `ad-add-advice'.
335 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
336 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
337 before/around/after-advices will be used.
338 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
339 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
340 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
341 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
342 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
343 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345 Semantics of the various flags:
346 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
347 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
348 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
351 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
354 advised function should be compiled.
356 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
357 during activation until somebody enables it.
359 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
360 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
361 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
362 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
365 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
368 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" t)
377 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379 (autoload 'align "align" "\
380 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
381 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
382 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
383 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
384 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
385 rule's `separate' attribute).
387 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
388 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
389 `separate' attribute set.
391 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
392 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
393 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
394 on the format of these lists.
396 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
399 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
400 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
401 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
404 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
408 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
411 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
412 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
413 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
416 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
417 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
418 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
419 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
422 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
423 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
424 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
425 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
428 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
431 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
434 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
439 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
440 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
441 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
442 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
445 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
448 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
449 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
450 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
451 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
452 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
453 been used to align that section.
455 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
458 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
460 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
461 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
462 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
465 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
468 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
472 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
473 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" t)
480 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
481 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
484 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
491 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
494 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
497 `allout-auto-activation'.
501 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
502 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
505 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
506 file variable `allout-layout'.
508 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
509 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
510 specified layout is applied.
512 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
513 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
518 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
555 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
559 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
560 Toggle Allout outline mode.
561 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
562 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
563 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
566 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
567 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
568 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
569 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
570 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
571 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
574 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
577 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
578 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
579 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
580 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
581 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
582 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
583 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585 and many other features.
587 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
588 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
589 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
590 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
591 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
594 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
595 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
596 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
597 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
598 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
599 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
600 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
601 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
602 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
676 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
681 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
682 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
683 pending encryption on save.
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
687 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
688 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
689 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
692 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
693 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
694 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
695 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
696 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
699 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
700 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
705 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
706 navigation and exposure control.
708 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
709 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
710 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
711 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
712 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
715 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
716 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
717 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
718 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
721 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
722 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
723 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
724 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
725 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
726 at the beginning of the current entry.
730 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
731 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
732 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
735 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
736 `allout-mode-off-hook'
737 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
738 `allout-structure-added-functions'
739 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
740 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
741 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
742 `allout-post-undo-hook'
746 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
749 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
750 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
753 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
754 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
759 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
760 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
763 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771 Topic text constituents:
773 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
776 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
779 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
780 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
781 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
782 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
783 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
784 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
787 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
790 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
791 It can be customized by changing the setting of
792 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
795 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
796 program code without interfering with processing of the text
797 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
798 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
799 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
800 docstring for more detail.
802 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
803 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
804 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
805 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
806 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
807 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
808 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
809 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
810 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
811 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
812 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
815 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
816 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
819 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
822 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
823 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
830 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
833 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" t)
840 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
841 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
843 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
844 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
846 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
848 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
850 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
851 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
853 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
857 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
859 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
860 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
861 you want allout widgets operation.
863 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
865 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
867 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
869 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
870 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
871 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
872 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
873 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
875 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
876 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
877 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
879 The graphics include:
881 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
883 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
884 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
886 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
887 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
889 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
890 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
891 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" t)
898 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
900 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
902 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
903 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
904 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
905 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
906 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
907 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
909 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
911 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
914 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" t)
919 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
921 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
922 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
923 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
924 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
925 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
926 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
927 in the current window.
929 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
931 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
932 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
933 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
934 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
935 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
936 buffer if one does not exist.
938 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
940 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
941 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
942 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
943 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
944 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
946 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" t)
951 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
952 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
954 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
955 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
960 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
962 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
963 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
964 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
965 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
967 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
968 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
970 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
972 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" t)
977 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
978 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
980 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
981 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
982 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
983 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
984 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
987 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
988 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
989 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
992 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
993 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
994 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
995 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
999 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1000 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1004 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1005 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1006 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" t)
1013 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1015 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1016 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1017 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1018 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1019 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1020 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1022 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1024 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1025 Toggle checking of appointments.
1026 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1027 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" t)
1034 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1036 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1037 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1038 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1039 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1041 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1042 kind of objects to search.
1044 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1046 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1047 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1048 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1049 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1050 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1051 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1053 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1054 variables, not just user options.
1056 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1058 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1059 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1060 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1061 interactively with the prefix \\[universal-argument]), show user
1062 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1066 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1068 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1069 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1070 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1071 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1072 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1073 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1075 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1076 noninteractive functions.
1078 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1079 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1081 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1082 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1084 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1086 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1087 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1089 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1091 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1092 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1093 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1094 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1096 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1097 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1098 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1099 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1101 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1102 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1104 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1106 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1108 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1109 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1110 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1111 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1112 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1116 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1117 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1118 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1119 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1120 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1121 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1123 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1124 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1125 names and values of properties.
1127 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1129 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1131 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1132 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1133 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1134 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1135 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1136 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1138 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1139 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1140 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1141 documentation strings.
1143 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1145 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" t)
1150 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1152 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1153 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1154 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1155 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1156 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1157 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1159 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1160 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1163 \\{archive-mode-map}
1165 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" t)
1170 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1172 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1173 Major mode for editing arrays.
1175 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1176 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1177 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1179 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1181 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1182 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1183 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1185 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1186 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1187 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1188 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1191 Variables you assign:
1192 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1193 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1194 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1195 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1196 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1197 row numbers in the buffer.
1199 Variables which are calculated:
1200 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1201 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1203 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1204 take a numeric prefix argument):
1206 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1207 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1208 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1209 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1211 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1212 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1213 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1214 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1216 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1217 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1218 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1219 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1221 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1222 between that of point and mark.
1224 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1225 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1227 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1228 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1229 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1230 newlines inside rows)
1232 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1234 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" t)
1241 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1242 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1244 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1246 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1247 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1248 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1250 How to quit Artist mode
1252 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1255 How to submit a bug report
1257 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1260 Drawing with the mouse:
1263 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1264 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1268 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1271 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1275 --------------------------------------------------------------
1276 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1280 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1305 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1306 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1307 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1308 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1311 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1312 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1313 overwrite means the opposite.
1315 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1316 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1317 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1319 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1321 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1322 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1324 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1325 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1326 are currently drawing something.
1328 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1332 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1333 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1338 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1340 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1342 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1344 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1346 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1347 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1349 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1354 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1355 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1356 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1357 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1358 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1359 When pasting: Pastes
1361 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1363 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1365 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1366 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1367 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1368 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1369 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1370 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1375 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1376 of the line/poly-line
1378 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1379 of the line/poly-line
1384 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1386 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1387 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1388 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1389 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1390 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1391 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1392 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1393 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1394 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1395 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1396 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1397 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1398 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1399 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1400 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1402 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1404 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1405 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1410 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1411 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1413 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1414 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1415 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1416 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1417 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1418 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1419 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1420 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1421 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1422 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1423 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1424 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1425 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1426 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1427 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1428 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1429 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1430 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1431 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1435 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" t)
1447 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1449 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1450 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1451 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1453 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1454 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1455 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1456 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1458 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1459 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1461 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1462 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1464 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "auth-source.el" t)
1474 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source.el
1476 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1477 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1478 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1481 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" t)
1486 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1488 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1489 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1490 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1492 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1494 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1495 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1496 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1497 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1498 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1500 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1501 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1502 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1503 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1504 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1505 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1506 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1507 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1510 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1511 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1512 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1513 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1514 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1516 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1520 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1521 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1522 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1523 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1524 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1525 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1527 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1529 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1530 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1531 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1532 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1533 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1535 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1536 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1537 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1539 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" t)
1546 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1548 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1549 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" t)
1556 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1558 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1559 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1560 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1564 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1565 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1566 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1567 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1569 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1571 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1572 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1573 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1574 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1575 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1576 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1578 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1580 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1581 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1582 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1583 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1584 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1586 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1587 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" t)
1594 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1596 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1598 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1600 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1602 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1603 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1604 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1606 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1607 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1608 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1609 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1610 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1612 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1614 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1616 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1617 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1618 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1619 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1620 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1622 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1623 directory or directories specified.
1625 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1626 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1627 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1628 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1629 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1630 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1632 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1634 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1635 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1636 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1637 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" t)
1645 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1647 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1648 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1649 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1650 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1651 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1653 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1654 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1657 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1658 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1659 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1663 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1666 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1667 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1671 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1672 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1673 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1674 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1675 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1677 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1678 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1679 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1680 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1681 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1683 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1684 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1685 writing before you save the file!
1687 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1691 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1692 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1694 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1695 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1699 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1700 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1701 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1702 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1703 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1704 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1706 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1708 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1709 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1710 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1711 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1712 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1714 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1715 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1716 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1718 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1719 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1720 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1721 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1722 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1724 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1725 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1726 specifies in the mode line.
1728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" t)
1733 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1735 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1736 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1737 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1738 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1739 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1741 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1743 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1744 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1745 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1746 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1748 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1749 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1750 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1752 Effects of the different modes:
1753 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1754 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1755 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1756 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1757 a random distance & direction.
1758 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1759 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1760 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1762 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1763 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1764 definition of \"random distance\".)
1766 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" t)
1771 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1773 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1775 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1776 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1778 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1779 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1780 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" t)
1789 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1790 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1792 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1793 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1794 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1795 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1799 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1800 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1801 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1803 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1804 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1806 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1808 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1809 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1810 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1811 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1812 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1814 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1815 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1816 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" t)
1824 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1826 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1827 Time execution of FORMS.
1828 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1829 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1831 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1832 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1833 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1835 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1837 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1839 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1840 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1841 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1842 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1843 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1845 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1847 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1849 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1850 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1851 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1852 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1853 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1855 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" t)
1860 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1862 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1863 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1864 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1865 of corresponding buffers.
1866 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1867 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1868 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1869 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1870 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1872 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1873 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1874 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1876 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1878 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1879 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1881 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1883 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1884 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1885 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1886 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1888 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1889 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1890 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1891 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1892 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1894 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1895 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1898 Special information:
1900 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1902 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1903 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1904 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1905 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1906 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1907 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1908 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1909 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1910 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1911 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1912 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1914 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1915 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1916 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1917 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1918 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1919 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1920 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1921 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1923 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1925 ----------------------------------------------------------
1926 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1927 if that value is non-nil.
1933 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1934 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1935 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1936 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1937 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1938 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1939 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1940 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1941 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1942 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1943 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1944 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1946 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1952 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1954 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1955 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" t)
1962 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1964 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1965 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1967 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1968 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1969 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1971 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1973 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1974 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1976 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1978 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1979 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1981 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" t)
1986 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1988 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1990 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1994 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1995 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1996 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1997 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1998 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2003 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2004 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2007 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2010 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2011 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2013 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2014 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2016 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2017 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2018 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2019 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2020 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2021 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2025 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2027 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2028 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2029 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2030 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2032 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2033 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2034 denoted by the letter `R'.
2036 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2037 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2038 denoted by the letter `H'.
2040 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2043 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2044 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2045 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2046 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2047 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2048 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2051 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2052 degree deflection it causes.
2055 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2056 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2057 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2058 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2059 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2060 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2061 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2062 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2065 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2066 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2069 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2070 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2071 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2072 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2073 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2074 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2075 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2076 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2079 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2080 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2081 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2082 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2083 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2084 emerging from the box.
2086 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2088 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2090 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2091 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2092 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2093 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" t)
2105 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2106 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2107 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2108 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite)
2109 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2111 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2112 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2113 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2114 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2115 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2116 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2117 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2119 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2120 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2121 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2123 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2124 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2125 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2126 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2127 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2130 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2131 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2132 yank successive words.
2134 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2135 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2136 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2137 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2138 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2140 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2141 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2142 the list of bookmarks.)
2144 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2146 (autoload 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite "bookmark" "\
2147 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2148 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2150 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2151 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2152 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2153 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2154 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2155 ever deletes the most recent one.
2157 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2158 is nil, raise an error.
2160 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2161 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2162 yank successive words.
2164 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2165 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2166 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2167 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2168 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2170 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2171 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2172 the list of bookmarks.)
2174 \(fn &optional NAME PUSH-BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2176 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2177 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2178 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2179 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2180 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2183 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2184 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2185 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2186 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2188 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2189 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2191 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2192 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2193 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2195 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2197 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2198 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2200 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2202 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2203 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2205 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2206 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2207 after a bookmark was set in it.
2209 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2211 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2212 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2214 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2215 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2217 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2219 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2221 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2222 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2223 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2224 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2226 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2227 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2228 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2230 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2231 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2234 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2236 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2237 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2238 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2240 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2241 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2242 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2245 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2247 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2248 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2250 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2251 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2252 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2253 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2254 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2255 probably because we were called from there.
2257 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2259 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2260 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2264 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2266 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2267 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2268 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2269 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2272 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2273 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2274 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2275 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2276 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2278 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2279 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2280 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2281 `bookmark-default-file'.
2283 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2285 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2286 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2287 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2288 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2289 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2292 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2293 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2294 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2295 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2296 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2299 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2300 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2301 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2303 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2305 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2306 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2307 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2308 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2309 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2313 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2315 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2317 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2318 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2322 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2324 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" t)
2329 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2331 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2332 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2333 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2334 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2336 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2337 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2338 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2339 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2340 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2342 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2345 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2346 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2347 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2348 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2349 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2351 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2353 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2354 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2355 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2356 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2359 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2361 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2362 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2366 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2367 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2369 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2371 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2372 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2373 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2374 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2375 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2376 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2377 first, if that exists.
2379 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2380 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2381 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2383 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2386 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2388 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2389 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2390 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2391 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2392 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2396 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2398 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2399 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2400 says which browser to use.
2404 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2405 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2406 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2407 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2409 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2411 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2412 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2413 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2414 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2416 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2417 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2418 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2419 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2421 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2422 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2423 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2425 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2426 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2428 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2430 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2432 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2433 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2434 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2435 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2437 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2438 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2439 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2440 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2442 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2443 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2444 new tab in an existing window instead.
2446 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2447 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2449 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2451 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2452 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2453 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2454 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2456 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2457 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2458 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2460 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2461 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2462 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2464 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2465 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2467 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2470 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2471 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2472 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2474 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2476 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2478 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2479 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2480 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2481 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2483 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2484 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2485 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2486 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2488 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2489 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2490 new tab in an existing window instead.
2492 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2493 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2495 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2497 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2499 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2500 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2502 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2504 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2505 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2506 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2507 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2509 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2510 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2511 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2512 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2514 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2515 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2517 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2519 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2521 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2522 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2524 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2525 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2526 program is invoked according to the variable
2527 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2529 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2530 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2531 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2532 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2534 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2535 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2537 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2539 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2541 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2542 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2543 Default to the URL around or before point.
2545 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2546 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2547 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2549 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2550 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2551 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2552 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2554 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2555 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2557 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2559 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2561 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2562 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2563 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2564 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2566 When called interactively, if variable
2567 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2568 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2569 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2570 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2572 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2573 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2574 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2576 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2577 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2579 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2581 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2582 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2583 Default to the URL around or before point.
2585 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2586 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2587 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2589 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2590 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2592 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2594 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2595 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2596 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2597 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2599 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2601 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2603 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2604 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2605 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2606 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2607 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2608 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2609 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2611 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2613 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2614 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2615 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2616 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2617 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2619 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2620 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2621 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2622 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2624 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2625 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2627 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2629 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2630 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2631 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2632 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2633 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2636 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2637 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2638 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2639 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2641 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2642 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2644 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2646 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2647 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2648 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2649 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2650 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2651 don't offer a form of remote control.
2653 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2655 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2656 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2657 Default to the URL around or before point.
2658 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2660 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2662 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2663 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2664 Default to the URL around the point.
2666 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2667 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2669 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2670 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2672 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" t)
2677 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2678 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2680 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2681 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2682 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2683 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2687 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2688 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2689 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2690 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2694 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2695 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2699 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2700 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2702 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2703 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2704 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2705 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2707 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2708 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2709 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2710 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2711 name of buffer configuration.
2717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" t)
2718 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2720 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2722 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2723 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2724 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2725 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2726 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2727 columns on its right towards the left.
2729 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2730 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2731 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2732 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2740 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2742 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2744 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2745 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2746 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2747 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2748 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2752 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2753 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2755 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" t)
2760 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2761 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2762 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2763 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2765 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2767 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2768 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2769 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2770 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2771 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2772 else the global value will be modified.
2774 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2776 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2777 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2778 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2779 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2780 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2781 else the global value will be modified.
2783 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2785 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2786 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2787 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2789 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2791 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2792 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2793 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2794 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2796 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2797 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2798 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2799 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2800 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2803 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2804 that already has a `.elc' file.
2806 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2807 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2809 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2810 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2811 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2812 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2813 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2814 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2816 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2818 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2819 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2820 Print the result in the echo area.
2821 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2825 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2826 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2827 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2829 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2831 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2832 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2833 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2834 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2835 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2836 all functions called by those functions.
2838 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2839 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2840 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2842 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2843 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2844 invoked interactively.
2846 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2848 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2849 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2850 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2851 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2855 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2856 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2857 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2858 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2859 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2860 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2861 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2864 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2866 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2867 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2868 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2869 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2871 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2872 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2873 and corresponding effects.
2875 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" t)
2880 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2882 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" t)
2887 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2889 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2891 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2893 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" t)
2898 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2900 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2901 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2902 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2903 from the cursor position.
2905 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" t)
2910 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2911 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2913 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2914 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2916 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2918 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2919 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2921 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2923 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2924 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2926 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2928 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2929 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2930 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2931 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2933 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2935 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2936 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2937 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2938 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2940 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2942 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2943 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2944 This is most useful in the X window system.
2945 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2946 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2948 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2950 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2951 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2952 See calc-keypad for details.
2954 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2956 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2957 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2959 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2961 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2962 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2964 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2966 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2967 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2969 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2971 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2972 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2973 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2975 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2977 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2978 Define Calc function.
2980 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2981 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2982 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2984 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2985 actual Lisp function name.
2987 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2989 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2991 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" t)
2996 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2998 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" t)
3006 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3008 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3009 Run the Emacs calculator.
3010 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" t)
3017 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3019 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3020 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3021 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3022 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3023 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3024 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3026 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3027 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3028 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3029 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3030 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3031 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3032 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3033 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3036 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3037 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3039 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3040 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3041 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3042 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3043 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3044 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3046 Runs the following hooks:
3048 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3049 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3050 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3051 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3053 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" t)
3060 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3062 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3063 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3065 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3067 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3068 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3069 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3072 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" t)
3077 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3079 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3080 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" t)
3087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3089 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3090 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3092 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3093 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3095 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3096 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3098 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3100 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3101 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3104 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3106 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3107 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3109 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3110 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3113 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3115 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3116 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3118 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3120 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3121 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3124 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3126 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3127 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3129 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3130 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3133 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3135 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3136 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3138 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3140 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3141 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3144 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3146 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3147 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3149 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3150 variables are guessed:
3152 * `c-basic-offset', and
3153 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3156 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3157 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3159 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3160 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3162 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3163 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3164 guess is made from scratch.
3166 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3167 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3169 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3171 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3172 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3173 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3174 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3176 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3177 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3178 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3180 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" t)
3185 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3187 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3188 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3189 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3190 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3191 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3192 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3193 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3195 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3196 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3197 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3198 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3199 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3200 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3202 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3203 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3205 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3206 Major mode for editing C code.
3208 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3209 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3210 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3211 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3213 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3215 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3216 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3223 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3224 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3225 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3226 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3227 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3228 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3231 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3233 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3234 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3242 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3243 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3244 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3245 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3246 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3247 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3250 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3252 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3253 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3259 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3261 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3262 Major mode for editing Java code.
3263 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3264 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3265 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3266 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3269 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3271 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3272 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3278 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3280 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3281 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3282 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3283 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3284 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3285 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3288 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3290 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3291 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3297 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3298 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3300 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3301 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3302 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3303 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3304 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3305 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3308 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3310 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3311 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3317 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3318 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3319 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3320 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3321 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3323 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3324 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3325 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3326 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3327 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3328 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3330 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3332 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3333 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" t)
3343 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3345 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3346 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3347 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3348 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3350 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3352 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3353 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3356 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3357 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3358 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3359 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3362 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3363 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3364 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3365 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3368 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3370 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3371 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3372 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3373 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3375 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3377 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3378 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3379 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3381 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3383 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3384 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3385 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3386 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3387 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3389 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" t)
3394 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3395 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3396 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3397 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" t)
3402 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3404 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3405 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3407 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3409 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3410 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
3412 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
3414 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3415 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3417 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3418 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3419 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3420 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3423 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3425 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3427 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3428 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3430 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3431 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3435 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3436 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3437 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3438 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3439 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3442 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3443 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3444 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3445 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3447 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3448 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3451 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3453 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3455 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3458 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3459 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3461 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3462 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3463 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3466 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3468 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3469 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3470 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3472 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3474 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3476 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3478 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3479 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3480 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3481 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3482 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3483 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3485 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3487 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3491 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3493 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3495 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3496 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3499 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3500 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3503 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3505 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3506 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3507 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3508 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3509 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3510 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3511 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3512 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3513 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3514 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3515 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3516 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3517 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3518 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3519 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3520 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3523 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3524 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3526 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3527 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3529 | (write EXPRESSION)
3530 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3531 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3534 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3537 ;; Same as: (write string)
3539 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3540 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3541 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3544 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3545 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3546 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3547 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3548 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3549 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3551 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3552 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3554 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3557 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3558 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3559 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3561 ARG := REG | integer
3564 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3567 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3570 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3573 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3574 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3577 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3578 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3579 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3582 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3583 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3584 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3587 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3588 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3590 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3591 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3592 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3595 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3596 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3599 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3600 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3602 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3605 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3609 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3610 ;; Same meaning as C code
3611 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3613 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3618 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3619 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3622 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3623 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3627 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3631 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3632 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3633 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3634 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3636 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3637 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3638 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3639 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3641 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3642 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3643 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3646 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3647 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3648 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3650 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3651 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3652 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3654 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3655 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3657 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3658 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3659 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3662 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3663 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3664 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3665 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3667 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3668 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3671 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3673 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3675 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3676 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3677 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3678 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3679 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3680 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3682 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3684 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3685 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3686 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3688 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3690 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" t)
3695 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3697 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3698 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3699 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3700 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3702 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3704 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3706 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3707 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3709 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" t)
3714 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3715 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" t)
3720 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3721 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3723 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3724 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3725 There are no special keybindings by default.
3727 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3728 to the action header.
3732 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3733 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3734 There are no special keybindings by default.
3736 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3737 to the action header.
3741 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3742 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "character-fold" "character-fold.el" t)
3749 ;;; Generated autoloads from character-fold.el
3751 (autoload 'character-fold-to-regexp "character-fold" "\
3752 Return a regexp matching anything that character-folds into STRING.
3753 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
3754 `character-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3755 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3757 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
3758 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
3760 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
3761 from which to start.
3763 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
3767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" t)
3768 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3769 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3775 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3777 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3778 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3779 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3783 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3784 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3785 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" t)
3792 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3793 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3794 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3795 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3796 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3797 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3798 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3799 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3800 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3801 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3803 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3804 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3807 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3808 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3810 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3811 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3812 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3813 the users will view as each check is completed.
3817 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3818 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3819 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3820 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3821 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3822 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3823 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3824 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3826 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3828 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3829 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3830 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3831 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3832 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3833 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3834 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3835 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3837 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3839 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3840 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3841 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3842 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3843 spacing are all verified.
3847 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3848 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3849 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3850 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3851 otherwise stop after the first error.
3853 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3855 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3856 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3858 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3860 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3861 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3862 Only documentation strings are checked.
3863 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3864 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3867 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3869 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3870 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3871 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3872 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3873 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3875 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3877 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3878 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3879 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3880 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3883 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3885 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3886 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3887 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3888 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3890 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3892 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3894 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3895 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3896 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3898 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3900 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3901 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3902 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3903 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3904 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3908 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3909 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3910 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3911 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3912 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3913 space at the end of each line.
3915 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3917 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3918 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3919 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3920 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3924 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3925 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3926 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3927 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3931 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3932 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3933 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3934 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3938 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3939 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3940 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3941 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3945 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3946 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3947 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3948 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3952 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3953 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3954 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3955 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3959 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3960 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3961 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3962 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3966 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3967 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3968 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3969 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3973 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3974 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3975 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3976 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3980 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3981 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3982 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3983 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3984 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3986 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3987 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3988 checking of documentation strings.
3990 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3994 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
3995 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" t)
4002 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4004 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4005 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4006 Return the length of resulting text.
4008 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4010 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4011 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4015 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4016 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4017 Return the length of resulting text.
4019 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4021 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4022 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4026 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4031 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4034 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" t)
4039 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4041 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4042 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4043 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4044 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4045 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4046 editing and the result is evaluated.
4048 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4050 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4051 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4052 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4053 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4054 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4056 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4060 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4061 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4062 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4063 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4064 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4066 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4067 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4068 \\{command-history-map}
4070 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4071 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" t)
4078 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4080 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4081 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4082 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4083 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4084 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4085 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4086 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4089 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4090 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4091 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4094 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4095 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4097 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4098 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4099 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4100 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4101 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4102 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4103 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4104 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4105 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4106 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4107 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4108 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4110 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4111 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4112 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4114 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4115 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4116 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4119 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4121 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4123 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4125 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4126 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4128 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4129 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4131 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4132 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4133 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4134 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4135 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4136 value specified by their associated list element.
4138 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4140 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4141 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4142 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4144 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4145 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4146 * indent the first argument by 4.
4147 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4148 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4149 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4151 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4152 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4153 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4156 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" t)
4161 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4162 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4164 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4166 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4167 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4168 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4169 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4170 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4171 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4173 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4174 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" t)
4179 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4181 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4182 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4183 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4184 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4186 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4187 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4188 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4189 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4191 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4192 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4194 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" t)
4199 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4201 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4202 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4203 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4204 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4205 of `scheme-program-name').
4206 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4207 it is given as initial input.
4208 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4209 discards input when it starts up.
4210 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4212 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" t)
4219 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4221 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4222 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4223 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4224 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4226 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4227 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4229 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4230 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4231 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4233 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" t)
4238 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4240 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4241 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4242 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4243 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4244 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4245 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4246 functions have already modified the buffer.
4248 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4250 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4251 either globally or locally.")
4253 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4254 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4255 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4256 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4258 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4259 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4260 `start-file-process'
4261 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4262 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4263 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4265 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4266 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4268 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4270 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4272 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4274 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4275 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4276 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4277 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4278 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4279 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4280 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4281 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4282 process as its initial input.
4284 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4286 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4288 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4290 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4291 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4292 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4293 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4294 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4295 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4297 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4299 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4301 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4302 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4303 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4304 directory tracking functions.")
4306 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4307 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4308 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4310 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4312 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4314 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4315 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4316 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4318 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4320 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4322 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4323 Send COMMAND to current process.
4324 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4325 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4327 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4329 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4330 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4331 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4332 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4334 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" t)
4339 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4341 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4342 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4343 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4344 to get another window.
4346 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4347 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4349 This command pushes the mark in each window
4350 at the prior location of point in that window.
4351 If both windows display the same buffer,
4352 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4353 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4355 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4356 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4357 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4358 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4359 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4360 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4361 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4364 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4365 this command work in interlaced mode:
4366 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4367 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4368 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4370 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" t)
4375 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4377 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4378 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4380 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4382 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4383 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4384 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4386 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4388 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4389 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4390 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4392 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4394 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4395 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4396 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4397 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4398 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4400 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4401 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4402 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4403 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4404 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4406 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4407 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4408 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4409 describing how the process finished.")
4411 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4412 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4413 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4414 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4415 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4417 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4418 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4419 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4421 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4423 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4424 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4425 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4426 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4428 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4430 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4431 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4433 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4434 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4436 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4438 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4439 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4440 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4441 (concat \"make -k \"
4442 (if buffer-file-name
4443 (shell-quote-argument
4444 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4446 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4447 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4449 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4450 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4451 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4452 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4454 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4456 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4457 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4458 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4459 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4461 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4462 and move to the source code that caused it.
4464 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4465 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4467 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4468 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4469 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4470 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4471 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4473 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4474 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4475 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4476 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4478 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4479 kills its subprocesses.
4481 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4482 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4483 to a function that generates a unique name.
4485 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4487 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4488 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4489 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4490 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4492 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4493 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4495 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4496 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4497 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4498 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4500 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4501 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4502 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4504 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4506 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4508 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4509 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4510 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4511 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4512 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4514 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4516 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4518 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4520 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4522 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4523 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4524 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4525 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4526 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4528 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4529 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4530 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4531 See `compilation-mode'.
4533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4535 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4536 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4537 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4538 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4539 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4541 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4542 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4547 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4548 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4549 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4551 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" t)
4556 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4558 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4559 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4560 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4561 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4562 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4563 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4565 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4567 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4568 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4569 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4570 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4571 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" t)
4578 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4580 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4581 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4582 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4583 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4584 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4585 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4586 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4588 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4589 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4590 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4592 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4593 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4594 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4596 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4597 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4598 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4599 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4601 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4602 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4603 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4604 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4605 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4606 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4607 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4613 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4614 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4615 Comments start with `#'.
4616 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4618 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4628 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4629 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4630 Comments start with `;'.
4631 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4633 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4635 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4636 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4637 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4639 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4640 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4644 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4645 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4646 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4647 between `/*' and `*/'.
4648 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4650 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4651 // another kind of comment
4663 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4664 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4665 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4666 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4667 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4668 `conf-space-keywords'.
4669 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4670 in an interactive fashion instead.
4672 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4674 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4676 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4680 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4682 # Standard multimedia devices
4683 add /dev/audio desktop
4684 add /dev/mixer desktop
4688 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4689 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4690 See `conf-space-mode'.
4692 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4694 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4695 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4696 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4697 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4699 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4701 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4702 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4706 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4707 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4708 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4709 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4711 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4713 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4714 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4718 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4719 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4720 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4721 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4723 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" t)
4733 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4735 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4736 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4737 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4738 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4739 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4740 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4742 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4744 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4745 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4746 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4747 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4749 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4751 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4752 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4753 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4754 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4756 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" t)
4761 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4762 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4763 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4764 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4766 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4767 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4768 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4769 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4770 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4771 following the copyright are updated as well.
4772 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4775 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4777 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4778 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4779 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4780 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4781 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4785 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4786 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4788 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4790 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4791 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4792 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4794 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" t)
4799 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4800 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4801 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4802 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4803 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4804 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4805 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4806 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4808 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4809 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4810 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4811 Tab indents for Perl code.
4812 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4813 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4815 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4816 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4817 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4818 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4819 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4820 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4821 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4822 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4823 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4824 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4825 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4826 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4828 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4830 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4831 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4833 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4835 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4836 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4837 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4838 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4839 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4840 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4841 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4842 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4843 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4845 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4849 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4850 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4851 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4854 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4855 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4856 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4858 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4860 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4861 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4862 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4863 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4864 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4866 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4876 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4877 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4878 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4879 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4880 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4881 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4882 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4883 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4884 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4885 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4886 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4887 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4888 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4890 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4891 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4892 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4893 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4894 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4895 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4897 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4898 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4901 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4902 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4903 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4904 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4905 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4907 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4908 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4909 span the needed amount of lines.
4911 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4912 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4913 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4914 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4916 Variables controlling indentation style:
4917 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4918 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4919 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4920 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4921 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4922 `cperl-auto-newline'
4923 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4924 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4925 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4926 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4927 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4928 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4929 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4930 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4931 `cperl-indent-level'
4932 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4933 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4934 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4935 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4936 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4937 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4938 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4939 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4940 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4941 `cperl-brace-offset'
4942 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4943 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4944 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4945 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4946 `cperl-label-offset'
4947 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4948 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4949 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4951 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4952 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4953 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4954 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4955 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4956 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4958 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4959 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4960 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4961 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4963 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4964 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4965 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4966 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4967 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4968 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4969 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4971 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4972 column 0 is indented on
4973 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4975 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4978 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4979 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4980 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4984 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4985 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4989 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4990 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" t)
4997 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4999 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5000 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5001 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5002 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5003 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5007 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5008 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" t)
5015 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5017 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5018 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5019 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5020 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5021 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5022 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5023 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5024 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5026 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5027 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5029 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5030 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5031 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5033 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5034 with empty strings removed.
5036 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" t)
5041 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5043 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5044 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5047 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5049 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5050 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" t)
5057 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5059 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5060 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5061 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5062 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5063 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5064 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5066 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5068 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5069 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5070 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5071 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5072 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5074 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5075 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5076 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5077 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5078 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5079 normal function of these prefix keys.
5081 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5082 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5084 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5085 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5086 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5088 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5089 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5090 the prefix fallback behavior.
5092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5094 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5095 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" t)
5102 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5104 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5105 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5106 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5114 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5116 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5117 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5121 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5122 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5123 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5124 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5125 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5126 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5127 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" t)
5134 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5136 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5137 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5139 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5141 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5142 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5144 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5146 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5147 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5149 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5151 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5152 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5154 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5155 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5157 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5158 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5160 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5162 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5164 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5165 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5166 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5168 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5169 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5171 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5172 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5174 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5175 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5177 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5179 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5181 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5182 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5185 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5186 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5188 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5189 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5191 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5192 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5194 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5196 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5198 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5199 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5200 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5201 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5203 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5204 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5205 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5207 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5209 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5210 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5211 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5212 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5213 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5217 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5218 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5219 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5220 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5224 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5225 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5226 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5228 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5230 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5231 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5233 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5235 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5237 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5238 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5240 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5242 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5244 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5245 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5246 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5248 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5250 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5251 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5252 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5253 as part of Emacs itself.
5255 Each elements looks like this:
5257 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5259 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5260 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5261 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5262 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5263 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5264 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5265 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5268 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5270 (add-to-list \\='customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5271 \\='(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5272 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5273 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5274 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5276 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5277 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5278 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5279 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5281 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5283 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5284 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5285 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5286 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5287 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5290 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5291 that were added or redefined since that version.
5293 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5295 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5296 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5297 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5298 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5300 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5302 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5303 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5305 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5307 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5308 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5309 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5311 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5312 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5314 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5316 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5317 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5321 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5322 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5326 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5327 Customize all saved options and faces.
5331 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5332 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5333 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5334 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5335 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5336 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5338 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5339 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5340 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5342 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5344 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5345 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5347 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5349 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5350 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5352 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5354 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5355 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5357 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5359 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5360 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5361 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5362 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5366 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5367 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5368 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5369 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5370 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5372 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5374 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5376 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5377 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5378 The result includes selecting that window.
5379 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5380 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5381 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5384 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5386 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5387 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5389 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5391 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5392 File used for storing customization information.
5393 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5394 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5395 it should be an absolute file name.
5397 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5398 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5399 something like the following in your init file:
5401 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5404 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5405 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5407 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5408 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5409 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5410 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5411 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5413 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5414 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5415 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5416 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5417 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5418 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5419 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5420 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5421 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5422 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5424 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5426 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5427 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5431 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5432 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5436 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5437 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5438 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5440 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5442 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5443 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5444 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5445 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5446 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5448 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" t)
5453 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5455 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5456 Create or edit a custom theme.
5457 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5458 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5459 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5460 from the Custom save file.
5461 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5462 named *Custom Theme*.
5464 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5466 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5467 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5471 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5472 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5476 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5477 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5478 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5479 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5481 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" t)
5486 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5488 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5489 Mode used for cvs status output.
5495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" t)
5496 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5497 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5499 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5500 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5502 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5504 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5505 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5506 C++ modes are included.
5508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5509 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5510 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5514 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5516 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5517 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
5518 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5519 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5520 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5521 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5523 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5525 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5526 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5527 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5528 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5529 ARG is omitted or nil.
5531 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5532 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5533 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" t)
5540 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5542 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5543 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5545 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5547 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5548 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5550 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5552 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5553 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5554 For readability, the table is slightly
5555 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5557 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5558 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5559 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5560 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5561 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5563 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" t)
5568 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5569 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5570 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5571 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5572 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5574 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5575 Completion on current word.
5576 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5577 and presents suggestions for completion.
5579 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5580 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5583 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5584 then it searches *all* buffers.
5586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5588 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5589 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5591 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5592 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5593 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5594 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5595 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5597 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5598 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5600 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5601 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5602 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5604 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5605 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5607 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" t)
5614 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5616 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5617 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5619 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" t)
5624 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5626 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5627 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5628 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5629 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5630 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" t)
5637 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5639 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5640 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5642 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5643 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5644 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5646 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5647 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5648 Data lines are not indented.
5653 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5655 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5656 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5657 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5658 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5660 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5663 Extra indentation within blocks.
5665 dcl-continuation-offset
5666 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5669 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5671 dcl-margin-label-offset
5672 Indentation for a label.
5674 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5675 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5677 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5678 dcl-block-end-regexp
5679 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5680 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5681 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5682 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5683 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5685 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5686 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5687 Two such functions are included in the package:
5688 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5689 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5691 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5692 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5693 One such function is included in the package:
5694 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5696 dcl-tab-always-indent
5697 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5698 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5701 dcl-electric-characters
5702 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5705 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5706 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5707 which words trigger electric indentation.
5710 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5711 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5712 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5714 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5715 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5716 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5717 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5719 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5720 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5721 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5722 dcl-imenu-label-call
5723 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5725 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5726 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5727 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5728 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5731 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5733 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5734 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5735 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5737 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5738 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5742 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5743 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5744 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5745 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5746 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5747 \"lined up with the command line\"
5749 Data lines are not indented at all.
5750 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5755 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5756 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" t)
5763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5765 (setq debugger 'debug)
5767 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5768 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5769 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5772 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5773 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5774 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5776 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5778 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5779 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5781 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5783 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5784 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5785 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5786 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5787 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5788 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5790 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5791 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5793 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5795 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5796 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5797 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5798 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5799 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5801 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" t)
5806 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5808 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5809 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5813 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5814 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5815 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5816 Upper-case letters are commands.
5818 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5821 The most useful commands are:
5822 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5823 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5824 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5825 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5826 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5827 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" t)
5834 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5835 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5837 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5838 Customization of `columns' group.
5842 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5843 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5845 START and END delimits the text region.
5847 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5849 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5850 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5852 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5854 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" t)
5859 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5861 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5863 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5864 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5865 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5866 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5867 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5868 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5870 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5872 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5873 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5874 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5875 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5876 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5878 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5879 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5880 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
5881 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
5883 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
5884 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
5886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" t)
5891 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5893 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5894 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5896 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5898 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5899 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5900 or nil if there is no parent.
5901 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5902 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5903 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5904 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5905 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5907 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5908 arguments are currently understood:
5910 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5911 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5913 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5914 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5916 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5917 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5919 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5921 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5923 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5924 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5925 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5927 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5928 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5930 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5931 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5932 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5934 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5935 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5937 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5938 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5940 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5942 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5944 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5946 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5947 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5948 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5949 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5950 the first time the mode is used.
5952 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" t)
5957 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5959 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5960 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5961 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5962 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5963 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5964 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5967 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5969 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5970 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5971 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5972 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5974 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5975 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5976 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5978 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5979 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5980 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5981 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5982 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5983 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5986 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5988 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
5989 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
5991 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
5992 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
5993 Otherwise return a description formatted by
5994 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
5995 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
5996 minibuffer window for width limit.
5998 This function is meant to be used as a value of
5999 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" t)
6006 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6008 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6009 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6010 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6011 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6012 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6013 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6015 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6017 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6018 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6019 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6020 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6023 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6024 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6025 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6026 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6028 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6029 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6031 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6032 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6034 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6036 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6040 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6041 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6042 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6043 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6045 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6047 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6048 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6050 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6051 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6052 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6054 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6055 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6057 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6058 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6059 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6061 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6062 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6063 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6064 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6066 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6068 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6069 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6071 Handlers are called with argument list
6073 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6075 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6077 `desktop-file-version'
6078 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6079 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6080 `desktop-buffer-point'
6081 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6082 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6083 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6085 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6086 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6088 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6091 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6093 (add-to-list \\='desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6094 \\='(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6096 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6097 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6098 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6100 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6102 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6103 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6104 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6105 List elements must have the form
6107 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6109 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6112 Handlers are called with argument list
6114 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6116 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6118 `desktop-file-version'
6119 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6120 `desktop-buffer-name'
6121 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6122 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6123 `desktop-buffer-point'
6124 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6125 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6126 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6128 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6129 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6132 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6135 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6137 (add-to-list \\='desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6138 \\='(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6140 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6141 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6142 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6144 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6146 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6148 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6150 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6151 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6152 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6153 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6154 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6159 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6160 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6161 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6162 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
6163 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
6164 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
6165 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
6166 do not rewrite the file.
6168 This function can save the desktop in either format version
6169 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
6170 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
6171 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
6172 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
6175 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
6176 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
6177 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
6178 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
6179 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
6180 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
6181 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
6182 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
6183 without further confirmation.
6185 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
6187 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6188 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6189 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6193 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6194 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6195 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6196 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6197 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6198 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6199 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6200 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6202 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6204 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6205 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6206 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6210 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6212 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6213 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6214 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6215 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6218 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6220 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6221 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6225 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6226 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" t)
6233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6235 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6236 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6237 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6238 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6239 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6240 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6242 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6244 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6245 Repair a broken attribution line.
6246 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6248 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6250 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6251 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6252 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6253 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6255 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6257 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6258 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" t)
6265 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6267 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6268 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6269 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6270 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6271 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6275 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6276 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6277 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6278 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6280 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6281 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6282 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6283 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6285 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6286 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6288 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6289 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6290 calendar-date-style \\='european
6291 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6293 \(diary-mail-entries)
6295 # diary-rem.el ends here
6297 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6299 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6300 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" t)
6307 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6309 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6310 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6312 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6314 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6315 The command to use to run diff.")
6317 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6319 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6320 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6321 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6322 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6323 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6324 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6326 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6327 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6328 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6330 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6332 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6333 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6334 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6335 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6336 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6337 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6339 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6341 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6342 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6346 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6347 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6348 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6350 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" t)
6355 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6357 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6358 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6359 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6362 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6363 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6364 headers for you on-the-fly.
6366 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6367 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6368 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6374 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6375 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6376 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6377 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6378 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6380 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" t)
6387 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6389 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6390 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6391 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6393 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" t)
6398 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6400 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6401 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6402 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6403 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6404 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6405 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6406 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6407 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6409 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6411 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6412 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6413 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6414 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6415 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6416 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6418 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6419 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6420 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6421 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6423 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6424 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6426 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6427 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6428 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6429 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6430 listing have no effect.
6432 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6433 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6434 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6436 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6438 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6439 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6441 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6442 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6444 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6445 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6447 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6448 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6450 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6452 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6453 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6455 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6457 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6458 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6459 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6460 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6461 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6462 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6463 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6464 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6465 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6466 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6467 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6468 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6469 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6470 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6471 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6472 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6473 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6474 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6475 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6476 to see why something went wrong.
6477 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6478 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6479 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6480 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6481 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6482 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6483 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6484 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6485 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6486 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6487 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6488 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6489 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6491 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6492 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6493 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6494 again for the directory tree.
6496 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6499 `dired-listing-switches'
6500 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6503 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6504 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6505 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6506 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6508 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6510 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6511 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6518 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6519 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" t)
6524 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6526 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6527 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6528 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6529 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6530 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6532 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6533 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6534 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6536 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6537 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6542 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6543 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6544 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6545 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6546 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6547 from `default-directory'.
6549 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" t)
6554 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6556 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6557 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6558 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6559 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6560 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6561 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6563 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" t)
6568 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6570 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6571 Return a new, empty display table.
6575 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6576 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6577 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6578 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6579 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6581 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6583 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6584 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6585 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6586 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6587 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6589 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6591 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6592 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6596 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6597 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6601 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6602 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6604 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6605 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6607 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6608 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6611 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6612 in the default way after this call.
6616 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6617 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6621 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6622 Display character C using printable string S.
6626 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6627 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6628 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6629 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6631 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6633 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6634 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6635 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6638 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6640 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6641 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6643 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6645 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6646 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6648 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6650 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6651 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6653 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6655 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6656 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6658 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6660 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6661 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6663 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6665 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6666 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6668 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6669 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6671 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6672 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6674 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6675 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6676 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6677 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6679 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6680 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6681 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" t)
6689 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6691 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6692 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6693 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6694 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6695 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6696 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6697 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6700 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" t)
6705 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6707 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6708 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6709 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6710 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6711 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6712 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6714 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6715 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6716 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6717 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6718 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6720 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" t)
6725 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6727 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6728 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6729 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6730 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6731 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6732 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6733 table and its own syntax table.
6735 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6738 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6740 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6741 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" t)
6748 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6750 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6751 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6752 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6753 OpenDocument format).
6755 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6757 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6758 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6760 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6761 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6763 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6764 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6765 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6769 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6770 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6771 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6772 to the next best mode.
6776 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6777 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6778 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6779 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6780 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6782 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6786 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" t)
6794 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6796 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6797 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" t)
6804 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6806 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6807 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6808 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6809 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6810 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6812 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6813 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" t)
6820 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6821 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
6823 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6824 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" t)
6831 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6833 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6835 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6836 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6837 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6838 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6839 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6841 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6842 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6843 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6844 and disables it otherwise.
6846 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6847 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6848 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6849 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6851 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6852 documenting what its argument does.
6854 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6855 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6856 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6857 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6858 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6859 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6860 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6861 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6863 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6864 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6865 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6866 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6867 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6868 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6869 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6870 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6871 the minor mode is global):
6873 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6874 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6875 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6876 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6877 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6878 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6879 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6880 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6881 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6882 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6883 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6884 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6885 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6886 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6887 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6888 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6889 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6890 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6891 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6892 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6895 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6896 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6898 For example, you could write
6899 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6900 :lighter \" Foo\" :require \\='foo :global t :group \\='hassle :version \"27.5\"
6903 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6905 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6907 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6909 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6911 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6912 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6913 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6914 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6915 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6916 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6917 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6918 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6919 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6920 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6921 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6922 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6924 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6925 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6926 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6927 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6928 call another major mode in their body.
6930 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6931 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6932 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6934 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6936 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6938 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6939 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6940 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6941 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6942 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6943 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6944 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6946 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6948 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6949 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6950 :inherit Parent keymap.
6952 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6953 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6955 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6957 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6958 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6959 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6960 the constant's documentation.
6962 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6964 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6965 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6966 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6968 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" t)
6973 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6975 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6976 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6977 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6978 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6980 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6981 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6982 as a top-level menu bar item.
6984 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6985 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6989 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6990 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6991 items to actually display.
6994 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6995 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6996 alias for `:visible'.
6999 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7000 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7001 an alias for `:active'.
7003 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7004 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7006 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7008 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7010 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7011 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7013 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7014 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7016 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7018 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7020 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7021 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7024 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7025 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7026 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7027 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7030 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7031 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7032 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7033 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7036 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7037 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7038 alias for `:active'.
7041 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7042 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7046 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7047 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7050 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7051 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7054 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7055 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7056 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7059 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7060 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7063 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7065 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7066 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7067 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7069 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7070 MENU. This is a submenu.
7072 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7074 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7076 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7079 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7081 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7082 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7083 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7084 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7086 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7088 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7089 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7090 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7091 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7092 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7093 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7095 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7096 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7097 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7099 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7100 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7101 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7103 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7104 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7106 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" t)
7111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7112 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7114 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7115 Customization for ebnf group.
7119 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7120 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7122 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7124 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7127 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7129 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7131 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7132 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7134 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7135 killed after process termination.
7137 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7139 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7141 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7142 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7144 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7145 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7148 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7149 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7150 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7151 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7153 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7155 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7156 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7157 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7159 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7161 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7162 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7164 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7166 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7169 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7171 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7173 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7174 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7176 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7177 killed after process termination.
7179 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7181 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7183 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7184 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7185 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7186 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7188 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7192 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7193 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7194 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7196 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7198 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7200 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7201 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7203 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7205 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7208 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7210 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7212 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7213 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7215 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7216 killed after EPS generation.
7218 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7220 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7222 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7223 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7225 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7226 The EPS file name has the following form:
7228 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7230 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7231 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7233 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7234 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7235 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7236 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7237 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7239 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7244 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7245 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7247 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7248 The EPS file name has the following form:
7250 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7252 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7253 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7255 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7256 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7257 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7258 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7259 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7261 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7264 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7266 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7268 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7269 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7271 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7273 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7276 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7278 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7280 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7281 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7283 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7284 killed after syntax checking.
7286 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7288 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7290 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7291 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7295 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7296 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7298 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7300 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7301 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7305 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7306 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7308 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7312 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7313 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7315 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7317 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7319 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7322 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7326 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7327 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7329 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7331 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7333 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7334 Set STYLE as the current style.
7336 Returns the old style symbol.
7338 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7342 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7343 Reset current style.
7345 Returns the old style symbol.
7347 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7349 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7351 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7352 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7354 Returns the old style symbol.
7356 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7358 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7360 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7362 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7363 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7365 Returns the old style symbol.
7367 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7369 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" t)
7376 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7378 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7379 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7380 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7381 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7382 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7383 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7385 Tree mode key bindings:
7386 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7390 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7391 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7395 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7396 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7400 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7401 View declaration of member at point.
7405 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7406 Find declaration of member at point.
7410 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7411 View definition of member at point.
7415 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7416 Find definition of member at point.
7420 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7421 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7425 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7426 View definition of member at point in other window.
7430 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7431 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7435 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7436 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7440 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7441 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7445 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7446 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7450 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7451 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7452 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7453 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7456 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7458 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7459 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7460 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7461 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7463 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7465 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7466 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7467 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7468 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7470 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7472 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7473 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7474 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7476 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7478 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7479 Search for call sites of a member.
7480 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7481 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7482 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7483 looks like a function call to the member.
7485 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7487 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7488 Move backward in the position stack.
7489 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7493 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7494 Move forward in the position stack.
7495 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7499 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7500 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7504 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7505 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7509 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7510 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7511 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7512 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7514 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7516 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7517 Display statistics for a class tree.
7523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" t)
7524 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7526 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7527 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7528 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7529 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7530 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7531 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7532 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7534 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7536 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7537 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7538 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7539 also has this effect.
7540 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7541 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7542 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7543 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7544 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7545 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7546 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7547 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7548 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7549 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" t)
7556 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7558 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7559 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7560 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7562 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "ecomplete.el" t)
7567 ;;; Generated autoloads from ecomplete.el
7569 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" t)
7577 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7578 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7580 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7581 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
7582 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7583 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7584 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7585 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7587 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7589 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7590 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7591 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7592 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7593 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7595 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7596 an EDE controlled project.
7598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" t)
7603 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7605 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7606 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7607 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7608 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7609 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7611 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7612 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7613 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
7614 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7616 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7618 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7619 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7620 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7621 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7623 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7625 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7626 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7627 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7628 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7630 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7632 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7634 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7635 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7636 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7637 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7638 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7640 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7641 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7642 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7643 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7644 instrumented for Edebug.
7646 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7647 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7648 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7649 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7654 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7655 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7659 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7660 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" t)
7667 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7668 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7670 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7671 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7673 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7675 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7676 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7678 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7680 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7682 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7684 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7685 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7686 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7687 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7691 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7692 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7693 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7694 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7698 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7699 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7701 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7703 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7705 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7706 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7708 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7710 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7712 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7713 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7714 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7715 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7717 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7719 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7721 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7722 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7723 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7724 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7726 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7728 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7730 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7731 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7732 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7733 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7735 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7737 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7739 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7740 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7741 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7742 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7744 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7746 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7748 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7749 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7750 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7751 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7752 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7753 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7755 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7757 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7758 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7759 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7760 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7762 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7764 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7766 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7767 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7768 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7769 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7771 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7773 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7775 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7777 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7778 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7779 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7781 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7782 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7784 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7786 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7787 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7788 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7790 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7791 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7793 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7795 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7796 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7797 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7798 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7799 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7801 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7803 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7804 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7805 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7806 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7807 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7808 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7810 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7812 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7814 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7815 Merge two files without ancestor.
7817 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7819 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7820 Merge two files with ancestor.
7822 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7824 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7826 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7827 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7829 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7831 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7832 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7834 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7836 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7837 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7838 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7841 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7843 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7844 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7845 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7848 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7850 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7851 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7852 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7853 and don't ask the user.
7854 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7855 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7857 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7859 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7860 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7861 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7862 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7863 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7864 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7865 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7866 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7868 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7870 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7872 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7874 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7875 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7876 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7877 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7878 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7880 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7882 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7884 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7885 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7886 When called interactively, displays the version.
7890 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7891 Display Ediff's manual.
7892 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7894 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7896 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7901 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7906 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7911 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7916 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7921 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7926 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7931 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" t)
7939 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7941 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" t)
7949 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7951 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7952 Display Ediff's registry.
7956 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" t)
7961 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7963 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7964 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7965 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7970 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7971 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7972 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7973 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" t)
7980 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7981 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7983 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7984 Edit a keyboard macro.
7985 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7986 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7987 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
7989 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7991 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7993 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7994 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7996 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7998 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7999 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8001 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8003 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8004 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8005 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8006 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8007 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8008 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8010 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8011 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8012 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8013 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8015 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8017 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8018 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8019 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8020 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8021 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8022 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8024 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" t)
8029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8031 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8033 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8034 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8036 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8038 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8039 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" t)
8046 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8048 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8049 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8050 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8051 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8052 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8053 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8054 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8056 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8057 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8059 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8060 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8061 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8062 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8064 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8065 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8066 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8068 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8069 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8070 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8072 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8074 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8077 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" t)
8082 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8083 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" t)
8088 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8089 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8091 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8092 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8093 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8094 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8095 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8096 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8097 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8099 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" t)
8104 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8106 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8107 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8109 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8110 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8111 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8113 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8115 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8116 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8117 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8118 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8119 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8120 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8122 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8124 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8125 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8126 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8127 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8128 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8130 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8131 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8132 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8133 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8137 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8138 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" t)
8145 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8147 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8148 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8150 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8151 an elided material again.
8153 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" t)
8160 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8162 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8167 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8168 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8169 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8171 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8173 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8174 Lint the current buffer.
8175 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8179 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8180 Lint the function at point.
8181 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8185 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8187 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8188 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8190 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" t)
8195 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8197 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8198 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8199 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8201 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8203 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8204 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8205 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8206 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8208 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8210 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8211 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8212 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8214 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8216 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8218 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8219 Display current profiling results.
8220 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8221 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" t)
8229 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8231 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8232 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8233 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8234 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8235 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8236 ARG is omitted or nil.
8238 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8239 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8240 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8243 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8245 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8246 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8247 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8249 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" t)
8256 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8258 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8259 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8260 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8262 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8264 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" t)
8269 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8271 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8272 Run Emerge on two files.
8274 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8276 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8277 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8279 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8281 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8282 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8284 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8286 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8287 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8289 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8291 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8296 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8301 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8304 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8306 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8309 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8311 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8312 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8314 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8316 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8317 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8319 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8321 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8324 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" t)
8329 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8331 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8332 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8333 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8334 text/enriched format.
8336 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8337 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8338 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8340 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8342 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8343 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8347 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8351 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8354 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8356 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8359 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" t)
8364 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8366 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8367 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8369 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8371 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8372 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8374 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8376 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8377 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8378 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8379 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8380 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8381 the keys are listed.
8382 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8384 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8386 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8387 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8388 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8390 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8392 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8397 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8398 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8400 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8402 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8403 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8405 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8407 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8408 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8410 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8411 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8412 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8413 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8415 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8416 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8417 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8418 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8419 should consider using the string based counterpart
8420 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8421 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8425 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8426 (decode-coding-string
8427 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8430 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8432 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8433 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8435 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8436 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8438 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8440 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8442 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8443 Verify the current region between START and END.
8445 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8446 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8447 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8448 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8449 should consider using the string based counterpart
8450 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8451 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8455 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8456 (decode-coding-string
8457 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8460 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8462 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8464 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8465 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8466 between START and END.
8468 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8469 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8471 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8473 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8475 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8476 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8478 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8479 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8480 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8481 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8482 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8483 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8487 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8490 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
8492 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8494 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8496 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8497 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8499 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8500 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8501 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8502 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8503 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8504 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8508 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8511 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
8514 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8516 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8518 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8519 Delete selected KEYS.
8521 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8523 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8524 Import keys from FILE.
8528 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8529 Import keys from the region.
8531 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8533 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8534 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8535 between START and END.
8537 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8539 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8540 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8542 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8544 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8545 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" t)
8552 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8554 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8555 Decrypt marked files.
8559 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8560 Verify marked files.
8564 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8569 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8570 Encrypt marked files.
8576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" t)
8577 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8579 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8582 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8584 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8589 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" t)
8597 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8599 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8600 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8601 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8602 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8603 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8607 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8608 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8609 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8613 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8615 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8616 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8617 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8621 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8623 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8624 Sign the current buffer.
8625 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8627 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8629 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8631 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8632 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8633 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8634 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8635 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8636 and also whether and how to sign.
8638 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8639 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8640 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8642 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8644 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8646 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8647 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8648 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8652 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8654 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8655 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8656 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8657 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8658 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8659 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8661 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8663 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8664 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8666 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8667 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" t)
8674 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8675 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8677 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8678 Return a context object.
8680 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" t)
8685 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8687 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
8688 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
8689 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
8690 the previous invocation of this function, unless FORCE is non-nil.
8692 Then it walks through `epg-config--program-alist'. If
8693 `epg-gpg-program' or `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with
8694 custom, use it. Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the
8695 entry until the version requirement is met.
8697 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8699 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8700 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8704 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
8706 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8707 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8709 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8711 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8712 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8714 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" t)
8719 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8720 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8722 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8723 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8727 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8728 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8729 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8731 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8733 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8734 (server (erc-compute-server))
8735 (port (erc-compute-port))
8736 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8738 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8740 That is, if called with
8742 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8744 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8745 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8746 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8748 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8750 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8752 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8753 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8754 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8756 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8758 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8759 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8760 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8761 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8763 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" t)
8768 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8769 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" t)
8774 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8775 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" t)
8780 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8781 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" t)
8786 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8787 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" t)
8792 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8793 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8795 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8796 Parser for /dcc command.
8797 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8798 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8799 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8801 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8803 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8804 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8808 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8809 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8811 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8812 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8813 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8816 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8822 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8823 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" t)
8828 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8830 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8831 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8833 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8835 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8836 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8837 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8838 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8840 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8842 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8845 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8847 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8848 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8850 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8852 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8853 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8855 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8857 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8858 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8860 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8862 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8863 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8865 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8867 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8868 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8870 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8872 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8873 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8875 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8877 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8878 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8882 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8883 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" t)
8890 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8891 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8893 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8894 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8895 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" t)
8902 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8903 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8905 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8906 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8907 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8908 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8909 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8910 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8913 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8915 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8918 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" t)
8923 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8925 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" t)
8933 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8934 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" t)
8939 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8940 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" t)
8945 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8946 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8948 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8949 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8950 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8951 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8952 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8953 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8955 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8957 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8958 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8959 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8960 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8962 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8963 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8966 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8967 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8969 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" t)
8974 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8975 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8977 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8978 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8982 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8983 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8987 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8988 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8992 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8993 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8997 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8998 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9002 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9003 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9007 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9008 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9012 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9013 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" t)
9020 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9021 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" t)
9026 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9027 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9029 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" t)
9037 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9039 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9040 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9041 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9042 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9046 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9047 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" t)
9054 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9055 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9057 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9058 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9059 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9060 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9062 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9064 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" t)
9072 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9073 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" t)
9078 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9079 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" t)
9084 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9085 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" t)
9090 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9091 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" t)
9096 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9097 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9099 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9100 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9104 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9105 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9106 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9108 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" t)
9113 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9114 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" t)
9119 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9121 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9122 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9123 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" t)
9130 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9131 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" t)
9136 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9137 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" t)
9142 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9144 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9145 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9146 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9148 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9150 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9151 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9152 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9153 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9154 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9156 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9157 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9158 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9159 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9162 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" t)
9167 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9168 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9170 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9171 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9172 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9173 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9175 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9177 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9178 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9179 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" t)
9186 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9187 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9189 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9190 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" t)
9197 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9199 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9200 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9202 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9203 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9205 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9206 useful for assertions in BODY.
9208 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9210 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9211 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9212 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9214 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags \\='(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9216 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9218 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9220 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9222 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9224 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9225 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9227 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9228 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9229 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9230 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9232 Returns the stats object.
9234 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9236 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9237 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9239 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9240 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9241 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9244 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9246 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9247 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9249 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9250 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9251 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9252 and how to display message.
9254 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9256 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9258 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9259 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9261 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" t)
9266 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9268 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9270 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9271 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" t)
9278 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9280 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9281 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" t)
9288 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9289 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9291 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9292 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9293 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9294 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9295 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9296 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9297 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9298 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9299 buffer selected (or created).
9301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9303 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9304 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9305 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9307 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9309 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9310 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9311 The result might be any Lisp object.
9312 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9313 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9314 corresponding to a successful execution.
9316 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9318 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" t)
9323 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9325 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9326 File name of tags table.
9327 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9328 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9329 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9330 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9331 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9333 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9334 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9335 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9336 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9338 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9340 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9341 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9342 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9343 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9344 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9345 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9347 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9349 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9350 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9351 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9353 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9355 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9356 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9357 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9358 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9359 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9361 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9363 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9364 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9365 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9366 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9368 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9370 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9371 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9372 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9373 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9374 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9376 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9378 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9379 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9383 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9384 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9385 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9386 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9388 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9389 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9390 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9391 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9392 file the tag was in.
9394 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9396 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9397 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9398 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9399 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9400 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9401 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9402 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9403 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9404 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9406 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9408 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9409 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9410 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9411 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9412 without directory names.
9416 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9420 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9421 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9424 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9426 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9427 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9428 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9429 but does not select the buffer.
9430 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9432 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9433 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9434 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9435 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9436 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9438 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9440 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9441 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9442 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9444 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9446 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9448 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9449 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9450 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9451 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9453 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9454 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9455 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9456 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9457 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9459 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9461 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9462 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9463 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9465 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9467 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9469 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9471 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9472 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9473 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9474 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9475 around or before point.
9477 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9478 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9479 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9480 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9481 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9483 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9485 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9486 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9487 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9489 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9491 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9493 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9495 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9496 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9497 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9498 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9499 around or before point.
9501 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9502 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9503 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9504 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9505 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9507 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9509 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9510 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9511 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9513 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9515 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9517 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9519 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9520 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9521 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9523 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9524 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9525 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9526 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9527 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9529 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9531 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9532 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9533 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9535 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9537 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9539 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9541 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9543 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9544 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9546 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9547 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9548 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9550 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9551 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9553 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9554 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9556 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9558 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9559 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9560 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9561 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9563 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9564 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9565 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9566 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9567 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9569 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9571 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9572 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9573 Stops when a match is found.
9574 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9576 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9577 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9578 restricted to these files.
9580 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9582 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9584 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9585 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9586 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9587 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9588 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9589 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9590 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9591 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9593 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9594 produce the list of files to search.
9596 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9598 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9600 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9601 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9602 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9603 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9604 directory specification.
9606 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9608 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9609 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9611 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9613 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9615 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9616 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9617 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9618 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9622 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9623 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9624 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9625 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9626 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9630 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
9637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" t)
9638 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9640 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9645 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9646 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9648 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9649 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9651 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9652 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9655 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9656 even if the buffer is read-only.
9658 See also the descriptions of the variables
9659 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9661 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9663 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9664 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9666 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9667 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9669 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9670 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9673 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9674 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9676 See also the descriptions of the variables
9677 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9679 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9681 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9682 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9683 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9684 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9686 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9688 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9689 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9690 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9691 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9693 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9694 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9697 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9698 buffer is read-only.
9700 See also the descriptions of the variables
9701 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9702 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9704 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9706 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9707 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9709 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9710 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9712 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9713 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9714 the primary language.
9716 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9717 buffer is read-only.
9719 See also the descriptions of the variables
9720 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9721 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9723 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9725 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9726 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9727 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9729 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9731 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9732 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9736 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9737 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9739 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9740 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9743 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9744 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9745 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9747 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9749 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9751 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9752 This function is deprecated.
9756 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9757 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9761 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9762 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9766 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9767 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9769 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9770 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9772 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9773 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9777 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9778 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9782 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9783 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9787 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9788 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9792 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9793 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9794 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9798 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9801 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" t)
9806 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9808 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9809 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9810 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9811 server for future sessions.
9813 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9815 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9816 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9817 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9819 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9821 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9822 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9823 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9825 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9827 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9828 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9829 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9830 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9831 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9832 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9833 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9834 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9835 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9836 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9837 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9838 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9840 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9842 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9843 Display a form to query the directory server.
9844 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9845 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9847 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9849 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9850 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9851 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9855 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" t)
9860 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9862 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9863 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9865 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9867 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9868 Display URL and make it clickable.
9872 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9873 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9875 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9877 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9878 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9880 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9882 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9883 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9885 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9887 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9888 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9890 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" t)
9895 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9897 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9898 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9899 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9903 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9904 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" t)
9911 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9913 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9914 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" t)
9921 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9923 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9924 Create an empty ewoc.
9926 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9928 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9929 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9930 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9931 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9932 `insert-before-markers'.
9934 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9935 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9936 respectively, of the ewoc.
9938 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9939 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9940 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9942 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" t)
9947 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9949 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
9950 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
9951 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
9952 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
9953 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
9955 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
9957 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9958 Fetch URL and render the page.
9959 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9960 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9963 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9965 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9966 Render FILE using EWW.
9970 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
9971 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
9972 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
9974 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
9976 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
9977 Mode for browsing the web.
9981 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9984 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9986 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
9987 Display the bookmarks.
9993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" t)
9994 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9996 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9997 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9998 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10000 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10002 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10003 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10004 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10005 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10006 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10008 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10010 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10011 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10012 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10013 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10014 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10017 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10019 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10020 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10021 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" t)
10029 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10031 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10032 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10033 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10034 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10036 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10038 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10039 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10040 to generate such functions.
10042 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10043 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10044 beginning of the expanded text.
10046 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10047 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10048 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10049 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10051 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10053 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10055 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10056 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10057 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10061 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10062 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10063 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10067 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10068 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10069 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10072 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10073 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" t)
10078 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10080 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10081 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10082 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10084 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10085 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10086 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10088 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10093 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10096 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10098 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10100 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10101 `f90-program-indent'
10102 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10104 `f90-associate-indent'
10105 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10106 `f90-critical-indent'
10107 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10108 `f90-continuation-indent'
10109 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10110 `f90-comment-region'
10111 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10112 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10113 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10114 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10116 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10117 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10118 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10119 `f90-break-delimiters'
10120 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10121 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10122 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10123 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10125 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10126 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10128 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10129 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10130 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10131 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10132 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10133 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10134 `f90-leave-line-no'
10135 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10137 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10138 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" t)
10145 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10147 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10148 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10149 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10150 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10152 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10153 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10154 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10155 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10156 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10158 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10159 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10160 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10161 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10162 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10163 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10166 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10167 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10169 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10171 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10172 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10173 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10174 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10176 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10178 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10179 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10180 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10181 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10183 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10184 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10185 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10187 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10188 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10189 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10190 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10192 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10194 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10195 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10196 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10198 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10199 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10200 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10203 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10205 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10206 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10207 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10209 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10210 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10211 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10212 will remove any scaling currently active.
10216 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10217 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10218 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10221 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10222 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10223 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10224 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10226 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10227 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10229 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10231 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10232 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10234 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10235 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10236 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10238 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10239 the face height as long as the input event read
10240 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10242 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10243 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10244 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10245 will remove any scaling currently active.
10247 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10248 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10249 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10250 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10251 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10255 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10256 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10257 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10258 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10259 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10260 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10264 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10265 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10266 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10267 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10268 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10269 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10270 `buffer-face-mode'.
10272 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10273 local, and sets it to FACE.
10275 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10277 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10278 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10279 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10280 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10281 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10282 `face' text property.
10284 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10285 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10286 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10287 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10289 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10290 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10292 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10294 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10295 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10296 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10297 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" t)
10304 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10305 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10307 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10308 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10309 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10310 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10314 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10315 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10319 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10320 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10321 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10322 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10326 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10327 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10328 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10329 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10330 backup file names and the like).
10332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10334 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10335 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10336 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10337 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
10338 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10339 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10340 internally by feedmail):
10342 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10343 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10344 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10345 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10347 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10348 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10349 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10350 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10351 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10353 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" t)
10358 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10360 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10361 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10362 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10363 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10364 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10365 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10366 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10368 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10370 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10371 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10372 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10373 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10374 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10375 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10376 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10378 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10380 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10382 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10383 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10384 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10385 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10386 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10387 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10389 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10391 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10392 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10393 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10395 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10396 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10401 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10402 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10403 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10405 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10407 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10408 Try to get a file name at point.
10409 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10413 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10414 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" t)
10421 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10423 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10424 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10425 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10426 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10428 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10430 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10431 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10432 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10433 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10434 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10435 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10437 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10439 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10440 Add FILE to the file cache.
10444 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10445 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10446 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10448 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10450 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10451 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10452 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10454 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10456 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10457 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10458 This function does not use any external programs.
10459 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10460 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10461 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10463 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10465 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10466 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10467 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10468 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10469 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10470 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10471 \(directories) is done.
10477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" t)
10478 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10480 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10481 Handle file system monitoring event.
10482 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10484 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
10486 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10488 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" t)
10493 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10495 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10496 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10498 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10499 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10500 Local Variables list.
10502 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10503 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10504 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10506 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10508 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10509 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10511 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10513 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10514 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10516 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10517 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10520 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10521 then this function adds it.
10523 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10525 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10526 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10528 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10530 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10531 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10533 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10535 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10536 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10538 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10540 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10541 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10545 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10546 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10550 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10551 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" t)
10558 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10560 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10561 Filesets initialization.
10562 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" t)
10569 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10570 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10572 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10573 Initiate the building of a find command.
10576 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10577 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10579 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10581 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10582 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10584 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" t)
10589 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10591 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10592 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10593 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10595 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10597 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10598 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10600 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10602 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10603 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10604 and run Dired on those files.
10605 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10606 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10608 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
10610 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10612 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10614 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10615 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10616 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10618 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10619 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10621 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10622 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10624 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" t)
10629 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10631 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10632 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10633 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10634 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10635 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10636 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10637 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10639 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10641 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10642 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10643 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10645 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10647 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10649 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10651 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10652 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10653 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10655 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10656 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10658 Variables of interest include:
10660 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10661 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10662 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10664 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10665 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10666 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10668 - `ff-ignore-include'
10669 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10671 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10672 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10675 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10677 - `ff-special-constructs'
10678 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10679 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10680 extracting the filename from that construct.
10682 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10683 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10685 - `ff-search-directories'
10686 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10687 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10689 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10690 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10692 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10693 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10695 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10696 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10698 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10699 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10701 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10702 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10704 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10706 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10707 Visit the file you click on.
10709 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10711 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10712 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10714 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" t)
10719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10721 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10722 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10723 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10725 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10727 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10728 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10729 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10730 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10732 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10733 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10734 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10735 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10737 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10739 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10740 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10742 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10743 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10744 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10745 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10747 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10748 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10749 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10751 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10752 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10755 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10757 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10758 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10760 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10761 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10762 places point before the definition.
10763 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10765 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10766 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10767 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10769 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10771 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10772 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10774 See `find-function' for more details.
10776 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10778 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10779 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10781 See `find-function' for more details.
10783 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10785 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10786 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10788 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10789 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10790 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10792 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10793 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10795 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10797 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10798 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10800 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10801 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10802 places point before the definition.
10804 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10806 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10807 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10808 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10810 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10812 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10813 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10815 See `find-variable' for more details.
10817 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10819 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10820 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10822 See `find-variable' for more details.
10824 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10826 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10827 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10828 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10829 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10830 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10831 buffer nor display it.
10833 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10834 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10836 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10838 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10839 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10841 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10842 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10843 places point before the definition.
10845 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10847 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10848 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10849 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10853 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10854 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10855 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10859 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
10860 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
10861 See `find-function-on-key'.
10865 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
10866 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
10867 See `find-function-on-key'.
10871 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10872 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10876 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10877 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10881 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10882 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" t)
10889 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10891 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10892 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10894 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10896 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10897 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10901 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10902 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10904 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" t)
10909 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10910 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10912 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10913 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10917 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10918 Display FILE's commentary section.
10919 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10923 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10924 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" t)
10931 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10933 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10934 Toggle flow control handling.
10935 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10936 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10938 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10940 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10941 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10942 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10943 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10944 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10945 to get the effect of a C-q.
10947 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "mail/flow-fill.el" t)
10952 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/flow-fill.el
10954 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10957 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10959 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10962 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" t)
10967 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10968 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10970 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10971 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10972 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10973 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10974 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10975 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10979 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10980 Turn flymake mode on.
10984 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10985 Turn flymake mode off.
10989 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" t)
10997 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10999 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11000 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11003 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11005 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11006 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11007 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11008 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11009 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11011 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11012 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11013 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11016 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11017 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11018 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11019 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11022 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11025 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11026 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11027 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11029 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11031 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11034 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11035 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11039 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11040 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11044 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11045 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11049 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11050 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11054 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11055 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11057 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11059 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11060 Flyspell whole buffer.
11066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" t)
11067 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11068 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" t)
11073 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11075 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11076 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11080 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11081 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11085 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11086 Toggle Follow mode.
11087 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11088 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11089 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11091 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11092 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11094 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11095 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11096 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11098 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11099 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11100 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11103 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11104 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11105 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11106 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11107 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11110 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11111 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
11113 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11115 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11117 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11118 \\{follow-mode-map}
11120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11122 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up "follow" "\
11123 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
11125 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11126 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
11128 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11129 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11131 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11135 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down "follow" "\
11136 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
11138 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11139 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
11141 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11142 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11144 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11148 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11149 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11151 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11152 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11153 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11154 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11155 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11156 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11158 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11159 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11160 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" t)
11167 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11168 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11170 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11171 Toggle Footnote mode.
11172 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11173 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11174 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11176 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11177 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11178 play around with the following keys:
11179 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" t)
11186 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11188 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11189 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11191 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11192 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11193 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11194 C-c < forms-first-record <
11195 C-c > forms-last-record >
11196 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11197 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11198 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11199 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11200 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11201 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11202 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11203 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11204 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11205 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11207 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11209 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11210 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11214 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11215 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" t)
11222 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11224 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11225 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11226 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11228 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11229 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11231 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11234 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11236 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11238 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11239 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11240 `fortran-do-indent'
11241 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11242 `fortran-if-indent'
11243 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11244 `fortran-structure-indent'
11245 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11247 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11248 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11249 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11250 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11251 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11252 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11253 nil don't change the indentation
11254 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11256 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11257 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11258 depending on the continuation format in use.
11259 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11260 indentation for a line of code.
11262 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11263 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11264 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11265 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11266 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11267 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11268 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11269 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11270 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11271 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11273 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11274 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11275 statements (default nil).
11276 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11277 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11278 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11279 `fortran-continuation-string'
11280 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11281 line (default \"$\").
11282 `fortran-comment-region'
11283 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11284 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11285 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11286 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11287 as typed (default t).
11288 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11289 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11291 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11292 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" t)
11299 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11301 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11302 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11304 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11305 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11307 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11309 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11310 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11312 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11313 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11315 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11317 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11318 Compile fortune file.
11320 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11321 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11323 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11325 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11326 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11328 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11329 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11330 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11331 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11333 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11335 (autoload 'fortune-message "fortune" "\
11336 Display a fortune cookie to the mini-buffer.
11337 If called with a prefix, it has the same behavior as `fortune'.
11338 Optional FILE is a fortune file from which a cookie will be selected.
11340 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11342 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11343 Display a fortune cookie.
11344 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11345 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11346 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11347 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11349 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" t)
11354 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11356 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11357 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11358 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11360 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11361 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11362 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11364 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11365 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11367 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11368 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11370 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11371 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11372 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11373 intend to modify existing values, do
11375 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11377 before changing anything.
11379 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11380 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11382 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11383 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11384 to restore the frame.
11386 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11387 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11388 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11390 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11391 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11392 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11393 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11394 FILTER A filter function.
11396 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11397 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11399 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11403 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11404 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11405 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11406 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11407 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11408 before restoring it.
11409 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11411 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11413 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11414 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11415 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11417 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11418 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11420 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11421 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11422 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11423 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11424 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11425 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11426 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11428 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11430 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11431 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11433 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11435 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11436 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11437 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11438 If nil, check all live frames.
11440 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11442 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11443 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11444 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11445 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11446 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11447 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11448 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11449 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11450 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11451 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11452 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11454 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11456 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11457 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11459 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11460 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11461 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11462 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11463 and window-state is not restored.
11465 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11466 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11468 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11469 t All existing frames can be reused.
11470 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11471 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11472 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11473 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11475 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11476 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11477 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11478 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11479 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11480 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11481 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11482 be created from that parameter alist.
11484 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11485 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11486 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11487 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11488 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11489 - the live frame just restored,
11490 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11491 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11492 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11494 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows \"cleaning up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11495 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11496 nil Keep all frames.
11497 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11498 - FRAME, a live frame.
11499 - ACTION, which can be one of
11500 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11501 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11502 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11503 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11504 Return value is ignored.
11506 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11507 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11508 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11509 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11510 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11512 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11514 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11516 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11517 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11518 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11520 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11522 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11523 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11524 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11526 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11528 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11529 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11530 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11531 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11533 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11535 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" t)
11540 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11541 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" t)
11546 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11548 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11549 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11550 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11552 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11554 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11555 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11556 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11557 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11558 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11559 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11560 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11564 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11565 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11566 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11567 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11569 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11570 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11571 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11572 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11573 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11575 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11576 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11577 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11578 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11580 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11581 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11582 shown in some of the buffers.
11584 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11586 The following commands help control operation :
11588 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11589 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11591 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11592 detailed description of this mode.
11595 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11597 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11598 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11602 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11603 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11604 | | (comint-mode) |
11611 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11612 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11613 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11614 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11615 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11616 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11618 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" t)
11623 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11625 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11626 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11627 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11628 instead (which see).")
11630 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11631 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11633 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11634 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11635 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11636 documentation string instead.
11638 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11639 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11640 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11641 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11642 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11643 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11644 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11645 enders are actually possible.
11647 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11648 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11650 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11651 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11652 `font-lock-keywords'.
11654 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11655 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11656 runs the macro expansion.
11658 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11659 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11660 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11662 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11664 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11666 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11668 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11670 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11671 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11673 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11675 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11676 Enter generic mode MODE.
11678 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11679 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11680 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11682 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11683 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11687 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11688 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11689 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11690 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11691 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11692 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11693 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11694 `font-lock-keywords'.
11696 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11698 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" t)
11703 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11705 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11706 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11708 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11709 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11710 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" t)
11717 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11719 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11720 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11721 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11723 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11725 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11726 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11728 Guideline for numbers:
11730 3 - non-serious error messages
11731 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11732 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11733 9 - messages inside loops.
11735 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11737 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11738 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11739 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11741 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11743 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11744 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11746 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11748 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11749 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11751 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11752 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11753 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11754 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11755 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11756 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11758 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11759 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11760 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11761 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11762 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11764 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11766 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" t)
11771 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11772 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11773 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11774 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11776 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11777 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11781 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11783 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11784 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11785 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11786 name of an NNTP server to use.
11787 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11790 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11792 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11793 Read news as a slave.
11795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11797 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11798 Pop up a frame to read news.
11799 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11800 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11801 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11802 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11803 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11804 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11805 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11806 current display is used.
11808 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11810 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11812 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11813 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11814 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11816 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" t)
11821 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11823 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11824 Start Gnus unplugged.
11828 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11829 Start Gnus plugged.
11833 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11834 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11838 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11839 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11841 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11842 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11843 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11845 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11846 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11847 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11851 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11852 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11856 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11857 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11858 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11859 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11860 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11863 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11865 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11866 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11867 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11868 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11869 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11872 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11874 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11875 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11879 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11880 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11881 downloaded into the agent.
11883 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11885 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11886 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11887 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11888 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11890 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11892 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11893 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11897 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11898 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11902 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11903 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11904 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11906 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" t)
11911 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11913 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11914 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" t)
11921 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11923 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11924 Set a bookmark for this article.
11928 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11929 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11931 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11933 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11934 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11935 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11936 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11937 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" t)
11944 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11946 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11947 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11950 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11954 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11955 Generate the cache active file.
11957 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11959 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11960 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11964 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11965 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11966 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11967 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11968 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11971 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11973 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11974 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11975 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11976 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11977 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11980 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" t)
11985 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11987 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11988 Delay this article by some time.
11989 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11991 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11992 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11994 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11995 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11997 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11998 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12000 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12002 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12003 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12007 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12008 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12009 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12010 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12012 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12013 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12015 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" t)
12020 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12022 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12025 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12027 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12030 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" t)
12035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12037 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12038 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" t)
12045 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12047 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12048 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" t)
12055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12057 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12058 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12060 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12062 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12064 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12065 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12067 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12071 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12072 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12076 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12077 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12079 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12080 different input formats.
12084 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12085 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12087 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12088 different input formats.
12092 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12093 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12094 The PNG is returned as a string.
12096 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12098 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12099 Convert FILE to a Face.
12100 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12103 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12105 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12106 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12108 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12112 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12113 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" t)
12120 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12122 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12123 Display gravatar in the From header.
12124 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12126 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12128 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12129 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12130 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12132 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" t)
12137 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12139 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12140 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12141 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12142 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12144 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12146 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12147 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12149 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" t)
12154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12156 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12159 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12161 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12164 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" t)
12169 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12171 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12173 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12174 Run batched scoring.
12175 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" t)
12182 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12184 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12189 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12190 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12191 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12193 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12195 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12196 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12198 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" t)
12205 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12207 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12208 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12209 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12210 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12213 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12214 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12215 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12216 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12218 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12219 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12220 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12221 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12222 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12223 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12224 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12225 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12226 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12227 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12229 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12231 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12232 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12233 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12236 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12237 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12239 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12241 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12242 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12243 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12245 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12249 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12250 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12251 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12253 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12255 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12256 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12257 existing groups are considered.
12259 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12260 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12263 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12264 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12265 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12266 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12267 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12268 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12269 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12270 clauses will be generated.
12272 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12273 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12274 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12275 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
12276 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12277 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
12279 For example, given the following group parameters:
12282 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12283 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12285 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12286 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12287 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12288 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12290 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12292 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12294 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12296 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12297 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12300 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" t)
12305 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12307 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12308 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12309 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12310 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12311 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12314 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12316 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12319 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12321 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12322 Like `message-reply'.
12324 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12326 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12332 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12334 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12335 Send a notification on new message.
12336 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12337 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12338 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12340 This is typically a function to add in
12341 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" t)
12348 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12350 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12351 Display picons in the From header.
12352 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12356 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12357 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12358 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12362 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12363 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12364 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" t)
12371 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12373 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12374 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12375 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12376 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12378 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12380 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12381 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12382 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12385 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12387 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12388 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12389 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12391 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12393 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12396 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12398 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12399 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12400 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12402 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12404 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12405 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12406 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12408 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12410 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12412 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12413 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12414 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12416 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12418 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12419 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12420 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12422 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12424 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12425 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12426 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12428 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12430 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12431 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12433 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" t)
12438 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12440 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12441 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12445 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12446 Install the registry hooks.
12452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" t)
12453 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12455 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12456 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12457 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12458 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12459 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12460 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12464 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12465 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12466 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12467 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12468 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12472 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" t)
12480 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12482 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12483 Update the format specification near point.
12489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" t)
12490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12492 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12493 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12495 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" t)
12500 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12502 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12503 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12504 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12506 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" t)
12511 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12513 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12514 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12518 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12519 Install the sync hooks.
12525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" t)
12526 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12528 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12529 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12531 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" t)
12536 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12538 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12539 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12540 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12541 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12542 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12543 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12545 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12547 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" t)
12552 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12554 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12555 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12557 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12558 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12559 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12561 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12562 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12563 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12565 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12566 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12568 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12569 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12571 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12573 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" t)
12578 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12580 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12582 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12583 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12584 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12585 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12586 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12588 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12590 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12591 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12592 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12594 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12595 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12597 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12598 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12601 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12603 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12604 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12605 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12606 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12607 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12611 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12612 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12614 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "image/gravatar.el" t)
12619 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/gravatar.el
12621 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12622 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12623 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12625 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12627 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12628 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12630 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" t)
12635 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12637 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12638 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12640 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12642 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12643 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12644 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12645 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12646 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12648 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12649 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12650 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12652 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12654 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12655 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12656 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12657 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12658 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12660 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12662 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12663 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12665 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12667 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12668 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12670 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12671 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12672 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12674 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12675 The default find program.
12676 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12679 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12680 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12681 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12682 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12684 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12685 How to invoke find and grep.
12686 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12687 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12688 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12689 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12691 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12693 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12694 History list for grep.")
12696 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12697 History list for grep-find.")
12699 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12700 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12701 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12705 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12710 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12711 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12715 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12716 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
12717 While Grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12718 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
12719 matches. To kill the Grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12721 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
12724 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12725 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12727 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12728 can easily repeat a grep command.
12730 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
12731 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
12732 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12735 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12737 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12738 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12739 Collect output in a buffer.
12740 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12741 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12743 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12744 easily repeat a find command.
12746 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12748 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12750 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12751 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12752 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12753 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12754 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12756 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12757 before it is executed.
12758 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12760 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12761 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12762 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12764 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12766 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12768 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12769 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12770 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12771 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12772 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12774 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12775 before it is executed.
12776 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12778 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12779 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12780 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12781 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12783 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12785 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12786 to specify a command to run.
12788 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12790 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12791 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12792 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12793 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12795 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12797 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" t)
12802 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12804 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12805 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12806 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12807 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12808 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12810 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" t)
12815 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12817 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12818 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12819 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12820 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12822 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12824 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12825 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12826 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12827 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12829 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12831 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12832 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12833 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12834 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12836 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12838 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12839 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12840 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12841 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12843 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12844 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12846 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12848 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12849 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12850 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12851 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12853 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12855 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12856 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12857 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12858 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12860 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12862 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
12863 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12864 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12865 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12867 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12869 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12870 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12871 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12872 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12873 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12875 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12876 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12877 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12878 original source file access method.
12880 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12881 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12883 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12885 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12886 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12890 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12891 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12892 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12893 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12894 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12895 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12897 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12899 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12900 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12901 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12902 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12903 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" t)
12910 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12912 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12913 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12914 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12915 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12916 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12917 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12918 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12920 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12922 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12924 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12925 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12926 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12928 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12929 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12930 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12932 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12933 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12935 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12937 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12939 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12940 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12941 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12942 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12943 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12945 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12947 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12949 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12952 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12954 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
12956 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12958 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12959 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12960 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12961 well for simple place forms.
12962 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12963 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12964 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12965 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12966 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12967 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12968 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) \\=`(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12970 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12972 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12974 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12975 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12976 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12977 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12978 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12980 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12981 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12983 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12985 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12987 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12989 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12990 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12991 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12992 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12993 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12994 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12996 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12998 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13000 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13001 Return a reference to PLACE.
13002 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13003 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13004 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol \\='foo) which will also work in dynamic
13007 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" t)
13012 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13014 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13015 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13016 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13017 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13019 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13020 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13021 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13022 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" t)
13029 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13031 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13032 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13034 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13036 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13037 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13038 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13039 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13041 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13045 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13046 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13047 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13048 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" t)
13056 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13058 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13059 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13063 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13064 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13065 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13069 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13070 Verify a hashcash payment
13072 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13074 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13075 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13076 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13077 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13078 `mail-add-payment-async').
13080 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13082 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13083 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13084 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13085 Calculation is asynchronous.
13087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13089 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13090 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13091 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" t)
13098 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13100 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13101 Return the help-echo string at point.
13102 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13103 property, or nil, is returned.
13104 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13105 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13106 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13108 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13110 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13111 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13112 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13113 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13114 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13118 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13119 Display local help in the echo area.
13120 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13121 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13122 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13125 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13126 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13127 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13131 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13132 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13133 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13137 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13138 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13139 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13143 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13144 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13145 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13146 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13147 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13148 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13149 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13150 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13151 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13152 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13153 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13155 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13156 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13157 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13158 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13159 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13161 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13162 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13163 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13164 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13165 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13166 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13167 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13168 The default is `never'.")
13170 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13172 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13173 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13174 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13175 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13176 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13177 considered different regions.
13179 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13180 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13181 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13182 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13183 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13184 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13185 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13186 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13187 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13189 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13191 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13192 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13193 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13194 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13197 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13198 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13199 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13200 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13201 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13202 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13203 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13204 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13206 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13207 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13208 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13209 rarely happens in practice.
13211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13213 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13214 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13215 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13216 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13217 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13218 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" t)
13225 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13227 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13228 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13230 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13232 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13233 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13234 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13236 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13238 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13239 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13240 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13241 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13242 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13243 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13244 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13246 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13247 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13248 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13249 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13250 suitable file is found, return nil.
13252 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13254 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13257 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13259 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13260 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13261 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13262 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13264 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13266 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13267 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13268 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13269 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13270 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13271 it is displayed along with the global value.
13273 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13275 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
13276 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13277 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13278 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
13279 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
13280 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
13282 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13284 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13285 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13286 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13287 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13289 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13291 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13292 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13293 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13294 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13295 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13297 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13299 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13300 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13304 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13305 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" t)
13312 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13314 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13315 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13316 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13317 window listing and describing the options.
13318 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13319 gives the window that lists the options.")
13321 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" t)
13326 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13328 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13329 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13330 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13336 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13337 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
13341 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13342 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
13346 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13347 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13349 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13350 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13351 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13352 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13354 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13355 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13356 restore it properly when going back.
13358 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13360 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13361 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13362 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13363 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13365 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13366 it does not already exist.
13370 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13371 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13373 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13374 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13375 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13376 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13377 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13378 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13379 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13380 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13382 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13383 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13384 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13385 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13387 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13388 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13391 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13393 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13394 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13395 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13396 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13397 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13398 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13400 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13402 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13403 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13404 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13405 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13406 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13408 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13410 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13411 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13413 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13415 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
13417 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13418 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13419 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13420 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13422 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" t)
13427 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13429 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13430 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13434 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13435 Provide help for current mode.
13441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" t)
13442 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13444 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13445 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13446 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13447 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13448 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13450 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13451 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13453 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13454 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13455 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13456 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13458 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13459 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13462 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13467 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
13468 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13469 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13470 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13471 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13472 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13473 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13474 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13475 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13476 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13477 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13478 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13479 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13480 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13481 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13483 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13484 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13485 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13487 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13490 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13492 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13493 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13494 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13496 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13497 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13498 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13500 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13501 into the buffer at the current point.
13503 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13504 into the buffer at the current point.
13506 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13507 into the buffer at the current point.
13509 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13511 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13512 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13514 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13516 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13520 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13521 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13522 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13523 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13525 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13527 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13528 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13529 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" t)
13536 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13538 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13539 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13540 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13541 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13542 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13544 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13545 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13546 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13547 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13549 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13550 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13551 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13552 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13554 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13555 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13556 which can be called interactively, are:
13558 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13559 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13561 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13562 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13563 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13564 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13566 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13567 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13569 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13570 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13571 available face automatically.
13573 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13574 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13576 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13577 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13578 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13579 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13580 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13581 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13582 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13583 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13584 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13585 function returns t.
13587 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13588 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13590 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13591 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13595 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13596 position (number of characters into buffer)
13597 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13598 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13599 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13603 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13604 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13605 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13606 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13607 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13608 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13610 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13612 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13613 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13614 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13615 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13616 ARG is omitted or nil.
13618 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13619 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13620 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13624 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13626 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13627 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13628 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13629 Use the global history list for FACE.
13631 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13632 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13633 highlighting will not update as you type.
13635 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13637 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13639 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13640 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13641 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13642 Use the global history list for FACE.
13644 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13645 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13646 highlighting will not update as you type.
13648 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13650 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13652 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13653 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13654 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13655 Use the global history list for FACE.
13657 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13658 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13659 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13661 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13662 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13663 highlighting will not update as you type.
13665 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13667 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13669 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13670 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13671 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13672 unless you use a prefix argument.
13673 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13675 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13676 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13680 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13682 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13683 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13684 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13685 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13686 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13687 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13689 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13691 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13692 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13694 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13695 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13696 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" t)
13703 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13705 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13706 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13708 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13709 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13711 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13712 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13713 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13714 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13717 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13718 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13719 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13720 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13721 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13722 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13723 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13725 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13726 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13727 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13728 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13729 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13732 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13733 #endif lines when hiding.
13735 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13736 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13739 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13740 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13741 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13743 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" t)
13750 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13752 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13753 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13754 Each element has the form
13755 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13757 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13758 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13760 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13761 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13763 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13764 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13765 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13766 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13767 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13768 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13770 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13771 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13773 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13774 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13776 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13777 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13778 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13780 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13781 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13782 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13783 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13784 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13786 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13787 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13788 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13790 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13791 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13792 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13794 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13795 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13797 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13800 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13804 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13805 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" t)
13812 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13814 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13815 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13816 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13817 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13818 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13820 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13821 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13822 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13825 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13826 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13827 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13828 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13829 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13830 through various faces.
13831 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13832 buffer with the contents of a file
13833 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13837 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13838 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13839 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13840 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13841 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13843 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13844 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13845 in a distinctive face.
13847 The default value can be customized with variable
13848 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13850 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13854 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13855 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13856 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13858 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13860 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13861 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13865 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13866 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13870 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13871 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13873 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13874 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13875 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13876 shown in the last face in the list.
13878 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13879 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13880 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13882 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13886 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13887 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13889 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13891 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13894 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13895 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13897 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13898 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13899 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13901 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13903 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13904 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13906 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13907 this function is called interactively.
13909 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13910 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13911 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13913 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13914 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13915 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13917 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13919 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13920 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13921 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13922 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13923 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13924 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13926 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13928 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13929 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13930 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13931 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13932 ARG is omitted or nil.
13934 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13935 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13936 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" t)
13943 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13944 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13946 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13947 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13948 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13949 or insert functions in this list.")
13951 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13953 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13954 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13955 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13956 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13957 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13959 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13960 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13961 undoes the expansion.
13965 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13966 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13967 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13968 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13970 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" t)
13975 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13977 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13978 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13979 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13980 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13981 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13983 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13984 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13985 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13986 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13987 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13988 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13990 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13991 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13992 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13993 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13997 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13998 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13999 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14000 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14001 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14002 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14004 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14006 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14007 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14008 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14009 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14010 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14012 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14013 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14016 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14017 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" t)
14024 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14026 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14027 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14028 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14030 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14032 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14034 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14036 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14038 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14040 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14042 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14044 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14046 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14048 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14050 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14051 User defined holidays.
14052 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14054 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14056 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14058 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14060 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14062 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14064 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14066 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14067 Christian holidays.
14068 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14070 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14072 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14074 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14076 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14078 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14080 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14082 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
14083 Bahá’à holidays.
14084 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14086 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14088 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14090 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14091 Sun-related holidays.
14092 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14094 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14096 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14098 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14100 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14101 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14102 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14103 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14107 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14108 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14109 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14110 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14111 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14113 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14114 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14116 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14117 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14119 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14120 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14121 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14122 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14125 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14127 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14129 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "net/html2text.el" t)
14134 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/html2text.el
14136 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14137 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" t)
14144 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14145 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14147 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14148 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14149 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14150 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14153 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14154 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14157 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14158 characters such as ^L (
\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14160 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14161 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14162 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14164 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14166 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14167 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14168 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14170 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14172 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" t)
14177 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14179 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14180 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14182 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14183 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14184 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14186 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14187 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14188 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14189 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14190 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14191 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14193 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14194 title of the column.
14196 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14197 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14198 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14199 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14200 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14202 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14204 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14206 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14207 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14208 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14209 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14210 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14212 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14213 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14214 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14216 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14218 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14220 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14222 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14223 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14224 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14225 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14226 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14227 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14229 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14230 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14231 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14232 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14233 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14234 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14235 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14236 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14238 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14239 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14240 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14241 buffer's modification flag.
14242 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14243 prompted before performing this operation.
14244 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14245 operation is complete, in the form:
14246 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14247 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14248 confirmation message, in the form:
14249 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14250 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14251 macro for exactly what it does.
14253 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14255 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14257 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14259 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14260 Define a filter named NAME.
14261 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14262 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14263 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14265 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14266 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14267 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14268 bound to the current value of the filter.
14270 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14272 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14274 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" t)
14279 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14281 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14282 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14283 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14284 buffers which are visiting a file.
14286 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14288 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14289 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14290 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14291 buffers which are visiting a file.
14293 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14295 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14296 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14297 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14299 All arguments are optional.
14300 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14301 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14302 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14303 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14304 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14305 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14306 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14307 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14308 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14309 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14310 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14311 that value locally in this buffer.
14313 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" t)
14318 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14319 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14321 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14322 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14323 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14324 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14326 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14328 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14329 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14330 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14331 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14333 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14334 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14335 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14337 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14339 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14340 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14341 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14342 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14343 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14344 non-marking or not.
14346 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14348 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14349 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14351 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14352 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14355 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14356 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14357 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14359 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14362 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14363 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14364 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14366 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" t)
14371 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14373 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14374 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14375 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14376 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14377 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14378 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14380 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14382 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14383 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14384 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14385 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14386 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14388 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14389 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14390 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14391 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14393 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14394 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14396 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14399 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14402 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14403 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14404 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14405 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" t)
14410 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14412 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14413 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14414 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14415 Tab indents for Icon code.
14416 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14417 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14419 Variables controlling indentation style:
14420 icon-tab-always-indent
14421 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14422 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14424 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14425 inserted in Icon code.
14427 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14428 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14429 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14430 icon-continued-statement-offset
14431 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14432 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14433 icon-continued-brace-offset
14434 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14435 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14437 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14438 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14439 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14440 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14442 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14443 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" t)
14450 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14452 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14453 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14454 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14455 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14457 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14458 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14461 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14462 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14464 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14465 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14466 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14468 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14470 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" t)
14475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14476 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14478 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14479 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14481 The main features of this mode are
14483 1. Indentation and Formatting
14484 --------------------------
14485 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14486 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14488 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14489 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14490 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14491 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14493 Comments are indented as follows:
14495 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14496 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14497 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14499 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14501 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14502 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14503 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14504 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14505 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14506 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14508 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14509 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14510 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14511 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14515 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14516 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14517 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14518 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14519 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14520 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14521 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14522 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14523 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14524 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14529 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14530 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14531 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14532 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14536 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14537 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14538 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14539 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14540 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14543 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14544 --------------------------------
14545 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14546 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14548 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14549 \\fu FUNCTION template
14550 \\c CASE statement template
14551 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14552 \\f FOR loop template
14553 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14554 \\w WHILE loop template
14555 \\i IF statement template
14556 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14559 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14560 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14562 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14563 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14564 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14565 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14567 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14568 -------------------------
14569 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14570 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14572 7. Automatic END completion
14573 ------------------------
14574 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14575 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14579 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14580 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14582 9. Documentation and Customization
14583 -------------------------------
14584 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14585 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14586 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14587 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14588 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14589 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14593 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14594 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14595 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14597 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" t)
14604 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14606 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14607 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14608 The following values are possible:
14609 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14611 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14612 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14613 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14615 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14616 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14618 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14620 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14621 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14622 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14623 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14624 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14625 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14626 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
14627 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
14628 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14632 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14633 Switch to another buffer.
14634 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14635 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14638 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14639 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14640 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14641 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14642 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14644 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14645 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14647 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14649 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14650 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14651 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14652 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14653 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14654 in a separate window.
14655 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14656 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14657 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14658 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14659 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14660 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14661 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14662 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14663 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14667 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14668 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14669 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14670 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14674 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14675 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14676 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14677 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14681 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14683 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14684 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14688 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14689 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14690 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14691 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14695 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14696 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14697 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14698 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14702 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14703 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14707 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14708 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14709 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14710 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14713 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14714 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14715 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14716 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14717 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14718 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14720 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14721 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14723 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14725 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14726 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14727 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14728 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14729 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14730 in a separate window.
14731 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14732 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14733 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14734 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14735 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14736 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14737 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14738 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14739 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14740 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14741 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14742 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14743 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14744 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14745 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14746 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14747 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14748 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14752 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14753 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14754 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14755 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14759 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14760 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14761 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14762 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14766 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14767 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14768 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14769 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14773 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14774 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14775 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14776 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14780 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14781 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14782 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14783 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14787 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14788 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14789 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14790 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14794 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14795 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14796 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14797 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14801 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14802 Write current buffer to a file.
14803 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14804 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14808 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14809 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14810 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14811 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14815 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14816 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14817 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14818 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14822 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14823 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14824 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14825 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14826 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14827 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14829 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14831 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14832 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14833 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14834 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14836 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14838 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14839 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14840 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14841 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14843 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14845 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14846 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14847 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14848 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14849 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14850 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14851 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14852 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14853 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14854 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14855 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14856 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14857 with point positioned at the end.
14858 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14859 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14861 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" t)
14866 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14868 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14869 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14870 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14871 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" t)
14878 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14880 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14882 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14883 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14884 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14885 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14886 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14887 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14889 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" t)
14894 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14896 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14897 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14898 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14901 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14903 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14904 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14905 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14910 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14911 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14912 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14915 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14917 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14918 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14919 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14922 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14924 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14925 Determine and return image type.
14926 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14927 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14928 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14929 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14930 use its file extension as image type.
14931 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14933 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14935 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14936 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14937 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14939 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14941 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14942 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14943 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14945 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14946 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14947 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14948 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14953 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14955 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14956 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14957 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14958 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14959 use its file extension as image type.
14960 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14961 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14962 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14963 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14965 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14967 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14968 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14969 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14971 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14973 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14974 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14975 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14976 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14977 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14978 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14979 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14980 POS may be an integer or marker.
14981 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14982 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14983 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14984 means display it in the right marginal area.
14986 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14988 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14989 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14990 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14991 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14992 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14993 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14994 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14995 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14996 means display it in the right marginal area.
14997 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14998 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14999 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15000 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15001 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15003 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15005 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15006 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15007 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15008 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15009 STRING is a single space.
15010 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15011 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15012 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15013 means display it in the right marginal area.
15014 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15016 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15018 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15019 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15020 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15021 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15023 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15025 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15026 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15028 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15030 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15031 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15032 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15033 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15034 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15035 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15036 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15037 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15040 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15042 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15044 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15046 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15047 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15049 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15050 documentation string.
15052 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15053 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15054 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15055 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15056 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15057 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15058 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15063 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15064 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15066 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15068 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15070 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15071 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15072 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15073 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15075 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15076 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15077 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15078 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15080 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" t)
15087 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15088 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15090 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15091 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15092 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15093 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15094 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15095 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15099 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15100 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15102 Convenience command that:
15104 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15105 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15106 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15108 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15109 image files in dired and type
15110 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15112 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15114 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15115 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15117 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15119 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15120 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15121 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15122 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15123 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15126 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15127 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15128 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15130 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15131 instead of erasing it first.
15133 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15134 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15135 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15136 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15137 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15138 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15140 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15142 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15143 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15144 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15145 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15150 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15152 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15154 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15155 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15159 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15160 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15161 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15165 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15166 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15170 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15171 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15172 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15173 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15177 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15178 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15182 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15183 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15187 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15188 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15192 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15193 Display current image file.
15194 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15195 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15199 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15200 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15204 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15205 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15206 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15207 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15208 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15209 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15210 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15214 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15215 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15216 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" t)
15224 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15226 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15227 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15228 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15229 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15231 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15232 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15233 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15234 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15236 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15238 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15239 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15240 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15241 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15243 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15244 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15245 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15246 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15248 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15250 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15251 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15255 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15256 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15257 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15258 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15260 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15262 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15263 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15264 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15265 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15266 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15267 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15269 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15271 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15272 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15273 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15274 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15275 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15277 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15278 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15279 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" t)
15286 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15288 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15289 Major mode for image files.
15290 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] or \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-hex-display]
15291 to toggle between display as an image and display as text or hex.
15298 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15299 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15300 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15301 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15302 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15304 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15305 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15310 (autoload 'image-mode-to-text "image-mode" "\
15311 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15312 A non-mage major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or fundamental mode
15313 displays an image file as text.
15317 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15320 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" t)
15325 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15327 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15328 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15330 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15332 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15333 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15336 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15338 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15339 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15340 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15342 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15344 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15345 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15346 Each element of this list should have the form
15348 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15350 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15351 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15352 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15354 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15355 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15356 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15357 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15359 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15360 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15362 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15363 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15364 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15367 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15368 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15369 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15371 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15372 create a buffer index.
15374 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15375 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15376 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15377 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15378 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15380 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15382 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15383 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15385 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15386 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15387 called within a `save-excursion'.
15389 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15391 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15393 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15394 Function for finding the next index position.
15396 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15397 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15398 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15401 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15402 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15404 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15406 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15407 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15409 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15410 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15411 It should return the name for that index item.")
15413 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15415 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15416 Function to compare string with index item.
15418 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15419 non-nil if they match.
15421 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15422 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15423 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15424 arguments match\".")
15426 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15428 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15429 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15430 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15432 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15433 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15435 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15437 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15439 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15440 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15441 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15442 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15446 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15447 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15449 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15453 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15454 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15455 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15456 for more information.
15458 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" t)
15463 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15465 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15466 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15468 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15470 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15473 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15475 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15478 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15480 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15483 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15485 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15486 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15488 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" t)
15493 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15495 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15496 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15497 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15499 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15500 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15501 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15502 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15506 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" t)
15511 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15513 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15514 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15515 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15516 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15517 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15518 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15519 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15520 first in this list.
15522 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15523 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15524 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15525 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15526 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15528 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15529 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15530 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15532 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15533 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15535 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15536 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15538 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15539 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15540 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15541 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15542 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15543 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15544 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15545 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15546 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15547 with the top-level Info directory.
15549 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15550 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15552 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15554 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15555 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15556 in all the directories in that path.
15558 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15560 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15562 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15563 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15567 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15568 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15572 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15573 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15574 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15575 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15579 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15580 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15581 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15582 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15584 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15586 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15587 Go to the Info directory node.
15591 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15592 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15593 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15594 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15595 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15596 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15598 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15600 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15601 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15602 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15604 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15606 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15607 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15608 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15609 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15610 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15612 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15614 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15615 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15616 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15617 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15618 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15620 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15621 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15623 Selecting other nodes:
15624 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15625 Follow a node reference you click on.
15626 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15627 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15628 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15629 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15630 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15631 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15632 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15633 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15634 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15635 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15636 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15637 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15638 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15639 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15640 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15641 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15642 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15643 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15644 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15645 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15647 Moving within a node:
15648 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15649 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15650 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15651 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15652 move up to the parent node.
15653 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15654 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15656 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15659 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15660 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15661 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15662 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15663 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15664 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15665 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15666 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15667 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15668 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15669 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15670 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15671 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15672 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15673 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15674 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15677 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15679 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15680 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15681 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15682 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15683 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15684 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15686 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15687 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15689 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15690 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15692 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15693 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15694 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15695 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15699 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15700 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15701 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15705 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15706 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15707 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15709 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15711 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15712 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15713 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15714 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15715 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15716 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15718 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" t)
15723 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15725 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15726 Throw away all cached data.
15727 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15728 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15732 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15734 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15735 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15736 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15737 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15738 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15739 one found at point.
15741 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15743 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15744 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15746 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15747 Display the documentation of a file.
15748 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15749 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15750 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15751 The default file name is the one found at point.
15753 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15755 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15757 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15758 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15760 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15762 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15763 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15765 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" t)
15770 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15771 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15773 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15774 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15775 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15776 current info file is the default.
15778 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15779 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15780 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15781 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15782 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15784 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15785 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15786 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15787 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15788 mistake in the reference.
15790 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15791 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15792 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15794 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15795 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15796 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15797 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15799 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15801 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15802 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15803 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15804 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15807 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15808 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15809 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15810 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15811 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15812 should be harmless.
15816 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15817 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15818 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15819 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15821 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15822 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15823 and can take a long time.
15827 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15828 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15829 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15831 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15833 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15834 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15836 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15837 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15838 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15839 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15842 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15843 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15844 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15845 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15848 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" t)
15853 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15855 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15856 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15858 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15860 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15861 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15863 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15865 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15866 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15867 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15868 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15870 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15871 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15872 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15874 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15875 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15876 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15877 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15881 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15882 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15883 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15887 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15888 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15889 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15890 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15891 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" t)
15898 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
15900 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
15903 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
15905 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
15907 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
15911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" t)
15912 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15913 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15915 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15916 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15917 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15919 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" t)
15924 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15926 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15927 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15931 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15932 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15936 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15939 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" t)
15944 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15945 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15947 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15948 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15949 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15950 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15951 accessed via isearchb.
15957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" t)
15958 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15960 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15961 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15962 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15963 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15964 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15966 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15968 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15969 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15970 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15971 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15972 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15974 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15976 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15977 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15978 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15979 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15980 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15982 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15984 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15985 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15986 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15987 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15988 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15990 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15992 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15993 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15994 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15995 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15996 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15998 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16000 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16001 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16002 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16003 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16004 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16006 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16008 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16009 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16010 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16011 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16012 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16014 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16016 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16017 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16018 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16019 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16021 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16023 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16024 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16025 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16026 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16028 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16030 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16031 Warn that format is read-only.
16033 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16035 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16036 Warn that format is write-only.
16038 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16040 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16041 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16049 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16050 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16051 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" t)
16056 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16058 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16060 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16061 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16062 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16063 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16064 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16066 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16068 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16070 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16071 Key map for ispell menu.")
16073 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16074 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16075 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16076 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16078 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16080 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16082 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16084 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16086 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
16087 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16088 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16089 Valid forms include:
16090 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16091 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16092 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16093 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16095 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16096 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16097 First list is used raw.
16098 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16100 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16101 for skipping in latex mode.")
16103 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16104 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16105 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16106 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16107 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16108 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16109 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16111 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16112 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16113 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16114 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16116 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16117 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16118 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16119 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16120 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16122 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16123 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16125 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16126 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16128 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16129 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16131 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16132 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16135 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16136 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16137 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16138 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16139 quit spell session exited.
16141 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16143 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16144 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16145 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16147 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16149 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16150 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16154 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16155 SPC: Accept word this time.
16156 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16157 `a': Accept word for this session.
16158 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16159 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16160 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16161 `?': Show these commands.
16162 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16163 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16164 the aborted check to be completed later.
16165 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16166 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16167 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16168 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16169 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16170 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16171 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16175 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16176 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16177 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16178 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16180 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16182 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16183 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16184 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16185 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16187 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16189 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16191 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16192 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16193 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16194 amount for last line processed.
16196 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16198 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16199 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16203 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16204 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16208 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16209 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16210 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16212 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16214 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16215 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16219 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16220 Try to complete the word before or at point.
16221 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
16222 sequence inside of a word.
16224 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16226 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16228 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16229 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16233 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16234 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16235 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16236 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16238 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16239 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16240 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16241 available on the net.
16245 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16246 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16247 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16248 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16249 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16251 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16252 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16255 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16256 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16259 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16260 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16264 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16265 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16266 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16267 Don't check included messages.
16269 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16270 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16271 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16273 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16275 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16276 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16277 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook \\='ispell-message)
16278 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook \\='ispell-message)
16280 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16281 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16282 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" t)
16289 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16291 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16296 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16297 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16298 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16299 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16300 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16301 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16302 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16303 necessary to represent OBJ.
16305 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16307 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16308 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16309 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16310 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16312 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16314 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16315 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16316 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16317 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16318 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16320 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16322 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16323 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16324 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16325 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16327 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16329 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16330 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16331 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16332 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16334 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16336 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16337 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16339 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16341 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16342 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16343 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16344 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16345 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16347 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16349 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16350 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16351 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16352 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16353 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16355 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16357 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16358 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16359 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16361 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" t)
16366 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16368 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16369 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16370 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16371 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16373 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16376 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16378 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16379 Uninstall jka-compr.
16380 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16381 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16382 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" t)
16389 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16390 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16392 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16393 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16397 (autoload 'js-jsx-mode "js" "\
16398 Major mode for editing JSX.
16400 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
16401 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
16404 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
16405 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
16406 (add-hook \\='js-jsx-mode-hook #\\='set-jsx-indentation)
16409 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16411 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" t)
16416 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16417 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" t)
16422 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16424 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16425 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16426 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16427 decimal key must be specified.")
16429 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16431 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16432 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16433 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16434 decimal key must be specified.")
16436 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16438 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16439 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16440 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16441 decimal key must be specified.")
16443 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16445 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16446 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16447 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16448 decimal key must be specified.")
16450 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16452 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16453 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16454 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16455 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16456 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16460 -------------------------------------------------------------
16461 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16462 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16463 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16464 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16465 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16466 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16467 in the global and local keymaps.
16469 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16470 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16472 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" t)
16477 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16479 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16480 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16481 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16483 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16484 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16485 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16486 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16489 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16490 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16491 the context of text formatting.
16493 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" t)
16498 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16500 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16501 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16502 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16503 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16504 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16505 positions that contains the current selection.")
16507 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16508 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16509 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16510 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16511 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16512 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16513 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16515 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" t)
16520 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16521 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16522 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16523 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16524 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16525 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16526 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16527 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16529 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16530 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16531 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16533 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16535 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16536 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16537 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16538 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16539 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16541 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16543 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16544 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16545 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16547 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16548 defining the macro.
16550 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16551 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16552 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16554 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16555 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16559 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16560 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16561 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16562 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16563 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16566 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16567 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16568 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16572 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16573 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16574 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16575 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16577 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16578 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16579 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16580 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16582 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16583 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16585 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16587 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16588 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16589 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16591 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16594 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16595 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16597 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16598 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16599 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16601 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16602 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16606 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16607 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16608 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16609 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16611 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16613 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16614 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16615 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16616 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16618 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16619 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16621 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16623 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16624 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16625 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16627 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" t)
16632 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16634 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16635 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16636 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16638 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" t)
16646 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16648 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16651 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16653 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16654 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16655 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16656 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16657 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16658 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16660 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16661 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16663 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16665 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16666 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16668 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16670 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16673 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16675 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16678 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" t)
16683 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16685 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16686 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16687 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16688 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16690 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16692 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16693 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16694 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16696 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16698 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16699 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16700 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16704 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16705 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16706 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16707 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16709 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16715 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16717 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16718 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16719 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16720 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16721 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16722 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16723 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16724 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16726 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16727 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16729 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16730 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16732 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16734 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16735 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16736 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16737 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16738 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16739 `latin1-display-setup'.
16741 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16743 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16744 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16745 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16746 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16749 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16751 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" t)
16756 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16758 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16759 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" t)
16766 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
16767 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16769 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
16770 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
16771 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
16772 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
16774 For instance, the following code
16777 (if (and .title .body)
16782 essentially expands to
16784 (let ((.title (cdr (assq \\='title alist)))
16785 (.body (cdr (assq \\='body alist)))
16786 (.site (cdr (assq \\='site alist)))
16787 (.site.contents (cdr (assq \\='contents (cdr (assq \\='site alist))))))
16788 (if (and .title .body)
16793 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
16794 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
16795 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
16796 displayed in the example above.
16798 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
16800 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
16804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" t)
16805 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16807 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16808 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16809 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16810 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16811 generations (this defaults to 1).
16813 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" t)
16818 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16819 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16821 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16822 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16823 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16824 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16825 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16827 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16831 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16832 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
16833 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16834 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16835 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16836 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16838 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16840 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16841 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16842 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16843 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16844 ARG is omitted or nil.
16846 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16847 `linum-on' would do it.
16848 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16850 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" t)
16855 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16857 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16858 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16859 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16860 is nil, raise an error.
16862 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16863 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16864 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16865 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16866 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16867 defined by the library.
16869 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16870 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16871 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16872 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16873 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16876 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16877 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16878 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16879 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16881 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" t)
16886 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16888 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16889 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16890 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16892 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16894 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16895 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16896 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16897 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16899 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16900 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16901 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16902 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16903 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16904 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16907 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16908 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16910 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16911 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16913 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16914 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16916 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16918 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16919 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16920 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16921 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16922 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16923 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16924 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16925 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16926 to constrain a big search.
16928 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16930 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16931 except that FILTER is not optional.
16933 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" t)
16938 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16940 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16941 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16942 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16943 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16944 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16945 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16946 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16947 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16948 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16949 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16951 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16952 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16954 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16955 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16956 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16957 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16958 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16960 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16961 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16962 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16964 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" t)
16969 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16971 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16972 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" t)
16979 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16981 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16982 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16984 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux)) "\
16985 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16987 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16988 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16989 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16991 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16992 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16994 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16995 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16996 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16997 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16998 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16999 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17000 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17002 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17004 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17005 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17006 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17007 switch on this list.
17008 See `lpr-command'.")
17010 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17012 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17013 Name of program for printing a file.
17015 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17016 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17017 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17018 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17019 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17020 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17023 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17025 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17026 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17027 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17028 for customization of the printer command.
17032 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17033 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17035 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17036 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17037 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17038 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17040 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17041 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17043 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17044 for further customization of the printer command.
17048 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17049 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17050 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17051 for customization of the printer command.
17053 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17055 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17056 Paginate and print the region contents.
17058 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17059 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17060 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17061 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17063 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17064 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17066 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17067 for further customization of the printer command.
17069 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" t)
17074 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17076 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17077 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17078 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17080 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" t)
17085 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17087 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17088 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17089 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17090 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" t)
17097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17099 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17100 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" t)
17107 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17109 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17110 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17111 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17112 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17113 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17115 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17117 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17118 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17119 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17120 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17121 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17123 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17124 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17125 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17126 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17129 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17130 use this command, and then save the file.
17132 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17134 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17135 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17136 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17137 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17138 each time the macro executes.
17139 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17140 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17141 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17142 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17143 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17144 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17145 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17149 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17150 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17151 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17152 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17154 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17155 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17156 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17159 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17160 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17162 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17163 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17164 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17165 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17166 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17168 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17171 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17172 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17173 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17175 You could enter the names in this format:
17181 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17184 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17187 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17188 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17190 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17191 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" t)
17196 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17198 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17199 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17200 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17201 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17202 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17203 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17205 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17206 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17207 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17208 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17209 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17211 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17212 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17213 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17216 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17218 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17219 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17221 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" t)
17226 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17228 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17229 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17233 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17238 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17239 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17241 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17243 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17244 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17245 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17248 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" t)
17255 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17257 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17258 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17259 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17260 often correct parser.")
17262 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17264 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17265 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17266 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17267 a value which excludes your own email address.
17269 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17270 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17272 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17274 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17275 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17277 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17279 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17280 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17281 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17282 we return it unconverted.
17284 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17285 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17287 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17289 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17290 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17291 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17292 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17294 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17296 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17297 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17298 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17299 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17301 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17303 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17304 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17305 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17306 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17307 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17308 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17309 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17310 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17311 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17314 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17316 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17317 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17318 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17319 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17320 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17321 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17322 matches may be returned from the message body.
17324 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" t)
17329 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17331 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17332 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17333 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17334 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17335 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17336 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17338 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17340 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17341 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17342 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17343 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17344 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17346 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17347 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17348 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17349 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17353 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17354 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17358 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17359 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17360 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17362 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17364 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17365 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17366 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17368 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17369 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17370 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17373 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" t)
17378 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17380 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17381 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17382 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17384 If `parens', they look like:
17385 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17386 If `angles', they look like:
17387 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17389 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17391 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17392 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17393 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17394 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17395 their `Resent-' variants.
17397 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17398 removed from alias expansions.
17400 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17402 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17403 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17404 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17406 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17407 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17408 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17409 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17411 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17413 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17414 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17415 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17419 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17420 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17421 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17422 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17426 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" t)
17431 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17433 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17434 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17435 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17436 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" t)
17443 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17445 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17446 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17448 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17449 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17450 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17451 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17452 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17453 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17455 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17456 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17457 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17458 dependency, despite the colon.
17460 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17462 In the browser, use the following keys:
17464 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17466 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17468 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17469 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17471 `makefile-target-colon':
17472 The string that gets appended to all target names
17473 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17474 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17476 `makefile-macro-assign':
17477 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17478 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17479 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17480 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17481 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17482 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17484 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17485 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17486 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17488 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17489 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17491 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17492 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17493 up or down in the browser.
17495 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17496 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17498 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17499 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17501 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17502 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17503 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17504 has been selected in the browser.
17506 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17507 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17508 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17509 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17510 filenames are omitted.
17512 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17513 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17514 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17515 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17516 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17517 the backslash itself intact.
17518 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17519 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17521 `makefile-browser-hook':
17522 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17523 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17525 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17526 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17527 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17528 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17532 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17533 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17537 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17538 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17542 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17543 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17547 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17548 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17552 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17553 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" t)
17560 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17562 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17563 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17564 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" t)
17571 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17573 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17575 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17576 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17577 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17578 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17579 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17580 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17581 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17582 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17583 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17584 without running the man command.
17586 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17587 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17588 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17593 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17594 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17595 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17596 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17600 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17601 otherwise look like a page name.
17606 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17607 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17608 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17612 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17614 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17615 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17617 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17619 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17620 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17622 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" t)
17627 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17628 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" t)
17633 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17634 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17636 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17637 Toggle Master mode.
17638 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17639 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17640 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17642 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17643 using the following commands:
17645 \\{master-mode-map}
17647 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17648 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17649 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" t)
17656 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17658 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17659 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17660 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17661 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17662 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17663 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17665 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17667 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17668 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17669 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17670 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17671 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17673 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17674 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17675 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17676 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" t)
17683 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17684 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" t)
17689 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17691 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17693 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17694 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17695 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17696 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17697 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17698 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17699 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17700 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17701 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17702 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17703 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17704 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17705 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17706 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17707 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17708 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17709 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17710 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17711 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17712 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17713 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17714 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17715 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17716 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17717 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17718 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17719 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17720 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17721 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17722 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17723 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17724 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17725 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17726 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17727 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17728 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17729 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17730 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17734 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17735 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17736 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17737 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17738 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17740 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17742 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17743 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17745 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17747 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17748 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17750 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17752 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17753 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17755 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17757 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17758 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17759 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17761 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17763 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17764 Cancel an article you posted.
17765 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17769 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17770 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17771 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17772 header line with the old Message-ID.
17776 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17777 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17781 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17782 Forward the current message via mail.
17783 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17784 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17786 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17788 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17791 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17793 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17796 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17798 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17799 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17803 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17804 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17806 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17808 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17809 Re-mail the current message.
17810 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17811 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17816 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17817 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17819 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17821 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17822 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17824 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17826 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17827 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17829 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17831 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17832 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17834 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17836 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17837 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17838 Works by overstriking characters.
17839 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17840 which specify the range to operate on.
17842 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17844 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17845 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17846 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17847 which specify the range to operate on.
17849 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" t)
17854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17855 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17857 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17858 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17862 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17863 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" t)
17870 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17872 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17873 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17874 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17878 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17879 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17880 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17881 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17882 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17883 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17884 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17886 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17888 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17889 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17890 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17891 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17892 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17894 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17895 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17897 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17899 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17900 Process current region through `metamail'.
17901 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17902 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17903 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17905 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17906 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17908 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" t)
17913 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17915 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17916 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17917 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17921 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17922 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17923 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17927 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17928 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17930 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17931 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17932 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17934 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17935 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17937 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17938 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17940 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17942 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17944 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17945 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17946 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17947 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17948 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17951 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17952 initial Subject field, respectively.
17954 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17955 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17958 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17959 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17961 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17963 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17964 Save draft and send message.
17966 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17967 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17968 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17971 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17972 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17973 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17975 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17976 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17977 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17978 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17979 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17980 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17982 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17983 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17985 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17986 message and scan line.
17988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17990 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17991 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17993 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17994 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17995 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17996 delete the draft message.
18002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" t)
18003 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18004 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
18006 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18008 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18010 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18012 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18013 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" t)
18020 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18022 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18023 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18024 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18026 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18027 the MH mail system.
18029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18031 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18032 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18033 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18035 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18036 the MH mail system.
18038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18040 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18041 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18043 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18044 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18045 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18048 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18049 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18050 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18053 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18057 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18058 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18059 can be used in several ways.
18061 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18062 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18063 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18064 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18068 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18069 The range must be nonempty.
18074 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18075 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18082 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18085 All of the messages.
18087 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18088 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18090 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18091 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18092 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18094 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" t)
18101 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18103 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18104 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18105 See the command `midnight-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18106 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18107 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18108 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18110 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18112 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18113 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18117 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18118 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18119 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18120 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18121 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18122 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18123 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18124 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18125 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18126 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18127 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18131 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18132 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18133 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18134 to its second argument TM.
18136 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" t)
18141 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18143 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18144 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18145 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18146 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18147 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18148 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18150 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18152 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18153 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18154 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18155 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18156 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18158 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18159 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18160 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18161 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18162 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18163 is modified to remove the default indication.
18165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" t)
18170 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18172 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18173 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18174 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18175 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18176 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18177 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18178 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18179 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18180 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18184 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18185 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18186 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18187 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18188 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18189 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18190 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18191 The return value is always nil.
18193 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" t)
18198 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18199 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18201 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18202 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18204 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18205 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18206 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18209 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18210 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18211 end of the search space).
18213 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18214 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18215 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18216 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18217 should return the previous buffer to search.
18219 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18220 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18221 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18223 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18224 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18225 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18228 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18229 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18230 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18232 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18233 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18234 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18236 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18237 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18239 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18240 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18241 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18245 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18246 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18247 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18248 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18249 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18250 whose names match the specified regexp.
18252 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18254 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18255 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18256 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18257 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18258 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18259 whose names match the specified regexp.
18261 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18263 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18264 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18265 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18266 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18267 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18268 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18269 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18271 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18273 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18274 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18275 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18276 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18277 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18278 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18279 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18281 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" t)
18286 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18287 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18289 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18290 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" t)
18297 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18299 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18300 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18302 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" t)
18307 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18309 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18310 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18312 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18314 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18315 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18316 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18317 the entire message.
18318 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18320 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" t)
18325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18327 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18328 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18329 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18330 the entire message.
18331 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18333 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" t)
18338 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18340 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18341 Insert file contents of URL.
18342 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18344 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18346 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18347 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18349 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" t)
18354 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18356 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18357 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18358 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18359 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18360 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18362 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18364 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18365 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18366 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18368 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" t)
18373 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18375 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18376 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18380 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18381 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18382 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18383 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18384 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18386 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18387 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18388 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18389 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18390 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18391 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18393 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" t)
18398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18400 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18403 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18405 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18408 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" t)
18413 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18415 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18418 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18420 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18423 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18425 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18428 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18430 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18433 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18435 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18438 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18440 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18443 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18445 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" t)
18453 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18455 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" t)
18460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18462 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18464 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18465 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18466 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18467 followed by the first character of the construct.
18469 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18470 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18471 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18472 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18473 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18474 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18475 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18476 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18477 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18478 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18479 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18480 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18481 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18484 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18485 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18486 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" t)
18493 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18495 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18496 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18498 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18500 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18501 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18503 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18505 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18506 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18508 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18510 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18511 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18513 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" t)
18518 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18520 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18521 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18523 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18524 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18525 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18527 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18528 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18529 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18531 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18532 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18534 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18535 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18536 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18537 hemisphere you're in.)
18539 To test this function, evaluate:
18540 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-throw)
18542 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18544 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18545 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18547 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18548 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18550 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18551 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18552 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18554 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18555 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18557 To test this function, evaluate:
18558 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-drag)
18560 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" t)
18565 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18567 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18568 Main entry point for MPC.
18574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" t)
18575 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18577 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18578 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" t)
18585 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18587 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18588 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18589 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18590 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18591 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18592 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18594 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18596 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18598 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18599 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18600 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18602 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18603 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" t)
18610 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18612 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18613 Display a list of all character sets.
18615 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18616 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18617 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18618 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18619 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18621 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18622 but still shows the full information.
18626 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18627 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18628 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18630 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18631 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18632 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18633 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18634 meanings of these arguments.
18636 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18638 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18639 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18641 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18643 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18644 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18646 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18648 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18649 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18651 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18653 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18654 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18656 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18657 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18659 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18660 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18661 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18662 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18663 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18664 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18665 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18666 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18667 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18668 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18669 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18670 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18671 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18672 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18673 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18674 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18678 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18679 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18683 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18684 Display a list of all coding systems.
18685 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18687 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18688 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18692 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18693 Display a list of all coding categories.
18697 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18698 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18699 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18701 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18703 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18704 Display information about FONTSET.
18705 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18707 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18709 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18710 Display a list of all fontsets.
18711 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18712 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18713 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18717 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18718 Display information about all input methods.
18722 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18723 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18725 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18726 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18727 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18728 system which uses fontsets).
18732 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18733 Show log of font listing and opening.
18734 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18735 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18737 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" t)
18742 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18744 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18745 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18747 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18748 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18750 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18751 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18753 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18755 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18756 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18757 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18758 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18759 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18760 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18761 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18763 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18764 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18765 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18766 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18767 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18768 middle of a character in STR.
18770 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18771 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18773 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18774 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18775 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18776 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18777 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
18779 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18781 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18782 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18784 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18785 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18786 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18788 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18789 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18790 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18792 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18793 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18794 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18796 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18797 longer than KEYSEQ.
18798 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18800 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18802 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18803 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18804 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18805 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18806 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18807 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18808 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18809 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18810 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18811 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18812 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18814 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18816 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18817 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18819 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18821 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18822 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18824 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18826 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18827 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18829 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18831 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18832 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18834 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18836 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18837 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18838 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18839 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18840 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18842 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18843 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18845 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18846 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18847 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18848 coding systems ordered by priority.
18850 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18852 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18854 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18855 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18856 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18857 language environment LANG-ENV.
18859 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18861 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18862 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18863 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18864 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18865 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18866 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18868 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18870 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
18871 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
18872 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
18873 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
18874 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
18876 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
18878 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
18879 part of the file/buffer.
18880 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
18882 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18884 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
18885 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
18886 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
18887 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
18888 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
18890 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
18892 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
18893 part of the file/buffer.
18894 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
18896 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" t)
18901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18903 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18904 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18908 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18909 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18913 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18914 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18918 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18919 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18923 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18924 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18928 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18929 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18931 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18933 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18935 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18936 `ping-program-options'.
18940 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18941 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18945 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18946 Run nslookup program.
18950 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18951 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18955 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18960 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18965 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18966 Finger USER on HOST.
18968 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18970 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18971 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18972 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18973 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18975 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18977 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18982 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18983 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18985 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18987 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18988 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18990 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" t)
18995 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18997 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18998 Return a user name/password pair.
18999 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19000 listed in the PORTS list.
19002 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" t)
19007 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19009 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19010 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19011 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19012 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19013 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19016 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19018 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19019 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19020 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19021 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19022 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer or
19023 integer string specifying a port number to connect to.
19025 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19028 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19030 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19031 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19032 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19033 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19034 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19035 an unencrypted connection.
19036 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19037 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19038 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19039 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19040 returned object is a killed process.
19041 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19042 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19043 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19045 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19046 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19047 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19048 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19049 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19050 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19051 or nil if none could be found.
19052 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19053 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19055 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19057 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19058 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19059 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19061 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19062 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19063 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19065 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19066 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19067 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19069 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19070 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19071 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19072 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19074 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19075 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19077 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19078 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19079 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19080 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19081 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19082 or STARTTLS connections.
19084 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19085 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19087 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19088 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19090 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19091 a greeting from the server.
19093 :nowait, if non-nil, says the connection should be made
19094 asynchronously, if possible.
19096 :tls-parameters is a list that should be supplied if you're
19097 opening a TLS connection. The first element is the TLS
19098 type (either `gnutls-x509pki' or `gnutls-anon'), and the
19099 remaining elements should be a keyword list accepted by
19100 gnutls-boot (as returned by `gnutls-boot-parameters').
19102 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19104 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" t)
19109 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19111 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19112 Check whether newsticker is running.
19113 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19114 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19118 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19119 Start the newsticker.
19120 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19121 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19122 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19123 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19125 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19131 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19133 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19134 Start newsticker plainview.
19140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" t)
19141 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19143 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19144 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" t)
19151 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19153 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19154 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19155 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19156 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19161 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19162 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19163 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" t)
19171 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19173 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19174 Start newsticker treeview.
19180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" t)
19181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19183 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19184 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19186 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" t)
19191 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19193 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19194 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19195 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19196 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19197 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19198 symbol in the alist.
19200 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" t)
19205 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19207 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19208 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19209 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" t)
19216 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19218 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19219 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19221 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" t)
19226 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19228 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19230 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19231 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19232 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19234 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19237 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19239 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19240 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19241 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19242 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19243 to future sessions.
19245 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19247 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19248 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19249 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19250 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19253 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" t)
19258 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19260 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19261 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19263 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19264 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19265 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" t)
19272 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19273 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" t)
19278 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19280 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19281 Major mode for editing XML.
19283 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19284 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19285 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19286 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19287 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19288 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19289 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19291 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19293 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19294 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19296 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19297 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19298 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19299 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19302 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19303 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19304 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19305 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19306 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19307 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19309 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19310 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19311 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19313 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19314 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19315 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19317 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19318 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19319 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19320 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19321 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19322 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19323 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19324 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19325 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19327 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19329 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19330 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19333 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" t)
19338 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19340 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19341 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19343 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19344 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19345 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19346 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19348 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19351 \\{octave-mode-map}
19355 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19356 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19357 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19359 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19361 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19362 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19364 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19365 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19366 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19370 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" t)
19375 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19377 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19379 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19380 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19381 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19382 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19383 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19385 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19389 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19390 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19391 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19392 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19393 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19394 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19395 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19396 Directories to search when finding external units.
19397 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19398 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19402 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19403 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" t)
19410 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19412 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19413 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19415 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19417 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19418 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19419 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19420 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19421 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19422 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19424 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19426 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19427 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19428 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19429 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19430 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19432 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19434 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19435 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19439 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19440 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19444 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19445 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19446 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19448 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19449 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19450 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19451 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19452 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19453 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19454 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19455 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19456 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19457 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19459 The following commands are available:
19465 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19466 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19468 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19469 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19470 in special contexts.
19472 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19473 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19474 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19475 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19476 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19477 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19478 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19479 properties in the buffer.
19480 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19481 including any drawers.
19483 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19485 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19486 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19487 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19488 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19489 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19490 and zoom in further.
19491 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19492 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19494 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19495 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19496 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19497 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19498 times right after creating a new headline.
19500 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19501 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19502 is negative, go up that many levels.
19504 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19505 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19506 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19508 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19509 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19510 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19511 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19515 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19516 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19517 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19518 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19521 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19523 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19524 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19525 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19526 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19527 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19528 defined by Org-mode).
19530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19532 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19533 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19537 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19538 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19542 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19543 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19544 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19545 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19548 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19550 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19551 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19552 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19553 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19555 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19556 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19557 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19559 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19560 part of Org's core.
19562 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19567 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19568 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19569 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19573 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19574 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19575 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19580 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19581 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19583 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19585 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19586 Switch between Org buffers.
19587 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19588 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19590 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19591 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19595 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19597 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19599 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19600 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19601 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19602 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19606 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19607 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19609 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19611 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19612 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19613 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19617 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19618 Reload all org lisp files.
19619 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19621 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19623 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19624 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" t)
19631 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19633 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19634 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19638 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19639 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19640 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19641 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19643 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19644 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19645 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19646 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19647 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19648 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19649 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19650 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19651 e Export views to associated files.
19652 s Search entries for keywords.
19653 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19654 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19655 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19656 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19657 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19658 > Remove a previous restriction.
19659 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19660 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19661 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19663 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19664 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19665 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19667 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19668 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19669 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19670 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19673 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19675 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19676 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19677 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19678 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19679 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19680 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19681 before running the agenda command.
19683 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19685 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19686 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19687 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19688 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19689 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19690 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19691 before running the agenda command.
19693 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19694 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19696 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19698 category The category of the item
19699 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19700 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19701 todo selected in TODO match
19702 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19703 diary imported from diary
19704 deadline a deadline on given date
19705 scheduled scheduled on given date
19706 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19707 closed entry was closed on given date
19708 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19709 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19710 block entry has date block including g. date
19711 todo The todo keyword, if any
19712 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19713 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19714 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19715 extra Sting with extra planning info
19716 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19717 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19718 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19720 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19722 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19723 Store agenda views.
19725 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19727 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19728 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19730 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19732 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19733 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19734 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19735 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19737 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19738 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19739 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19741 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19742 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19744 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19745 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19747 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19749 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19750 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19752 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19753 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19754 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19755 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19758 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19759 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19760 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19761 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19762 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19763 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19765 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19766 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19767 including newlines.
19769 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19770 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19771 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19772 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19773 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19774 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19775 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19777 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19778 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19779 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19780 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19782 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19783 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19784 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19785 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19786 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19787 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19788 Boolean search must match as full words.
19790 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19791 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19793 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19795 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19796 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19797 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19798 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19799 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19800 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19804 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19805 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19806 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19808 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19810 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19811 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19812 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19813 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19814 `org-stuck-projects'.
19816 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19818 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19819 Return diary information from org files.
19820 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19821 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19822 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19823 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19824 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19826 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19828 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19830 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19831 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19835 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19836 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19837 So the example above may also be written as
19839 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19841 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19842 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19843 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19845 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19847 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19848 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19850 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19852 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19853 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19854 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
19855 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
19856 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19858 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19860 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19861 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19862 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19866 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19867 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19868 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19871 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19872 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19874 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19875 for filtering entries out.
19877 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19878 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19879 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19881 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19882 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
19884 ((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19885 (category \"Work\"))
19887 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19888 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19890 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19891 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19892 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19893 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19894 details and examples.
19896 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19897 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19899 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" t)
19904 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19906 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19907 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19909 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19911 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19913 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19914 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19915 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19916 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19917 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19918 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19920 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19921 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19922 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19925 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19927 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19928 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19931 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19932 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19933 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19934 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19936 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19938 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19939 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" t)
19946 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19948 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19949 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19953 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19958 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19959 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19960 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19962 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19964 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19965 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19967 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19969 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19970 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19972 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
19974 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19975 Write the column view table.
19976 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
19978 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
19979 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
19980 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
19981 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
19982 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
19983 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
19984 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
19985 using `org-id-find'.
19986 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
19987 a hline before each level <= that number.
19988 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
19989 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
19991 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
19992 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
19994 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
19996 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
19997 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20001 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20002 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" t)
20009 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20011 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20012 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" t)
20019 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20021 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20022 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" t)
20029 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20031 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20032 The release version of org-mode.
20033 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20037 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20038 The Git version of org-mode.
20039 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" t)
20046 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20047 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20048 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20050 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20051 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20052 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20053 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20055 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20056 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20057 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20058 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20060 \\{outline-mode-map}
20061 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20062 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20063 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20064 are used when point is on a heading line.
20066 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20067 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20068 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20070 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20071 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20075 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20076 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20077 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20078 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20079 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20081 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20084 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" t)
20089 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20090 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20092 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20093 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20094 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20095 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20096 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20098 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20099 activate the package system at any time.")
20101 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20103 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20104 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20105 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20106 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20107 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20109 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
20110 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
20111 loading packages twice.
20113 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20115 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20116 Import keys from FILE.
20118 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20120 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20121 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20122 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20123 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20124 and make them available for download.
20125 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20126 downloads in the background.
20128 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20130 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20131 Install the package PKG.
20132 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
20133 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20135 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20136 `package-selected-packages'.
20138 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20139 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20141 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20143 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20144 Install a package from the current buffer.
20145 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20146 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20147 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20149 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20150 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20151 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20153 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20157 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20158 Install a package from a file.
20159 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20164 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20165 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20166 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20170 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20171 Reinstall package PKG.
20172 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20177 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20178 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20180 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20181 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20186 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20187 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20189 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20191 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20192 Display a list of packages.
20193 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20194 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20195 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20197 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20199 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" t)
20204 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20206 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20207 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20208 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20209 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20210 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20211 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20213 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20215 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20216 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20217 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20218 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20219 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20221 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20222 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20223 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" t)
20230 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20231 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20233 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20234 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20235 STRING should be on something resembling an RFC2822 string, a la
20236 \"Fri, 25 Mar 2016 16:24:56 +0100\", but this function is
20237 somewhat liberal in what format it accepts, and will attempt to
20238 return a \"likely\" value even for somewhat malformed strings.
20239 The values returned are identical to those of `decode-time', but
20240 any values that are unknown are returned as nil.
20242 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" t)
20247 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20249 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20250 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20251 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20253 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20254 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20256 Other useful functions are:
20258 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20259 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20260 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20261 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20262 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20263 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20264 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20265 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20266 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20268 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20270 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20271 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20272 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20273 Indentation for case statements.
20274 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20275 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20277 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20278 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20279 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20280 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20281 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20282 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20283 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20284 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20285 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20286 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20288 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20289 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" t)
20296 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20298 (defvar password-cache t "\
20299 Whether to cache passwords.")
20301 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20303 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20304 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20305 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20307 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20309 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20310 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20312 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" t)
20317 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20319 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20320 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
20321 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20323 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
20324 of values. For example, the pattern \\=`(,foo ,bar) matches any
20325 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
20326 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
20328 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
20329 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
20330 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
20332 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
20333 meaning they must match exactly: The pattern \\='(foo bar)
20334 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
20335 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
20336 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
20339 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
20340 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
20341 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
20342 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
20344 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
20346 _ matches anything.
20347 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20348 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
20349 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
20350 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20351 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20352 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL.
20353 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
20354 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20355 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20356 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20357 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20358 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20360 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
20362 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
20363 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20364 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20365 which is the value being matched.
20366 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
20367 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20369 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
20370 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
20372 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20374 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20376 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20377 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20379 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20381 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20383 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20384 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20385 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20386 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20387 variable name being but a special case of it).
20389 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20391 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20393 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20395 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20396 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20397 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20398 of the form (PAT EXP).
20400 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20402 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20404 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20405 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20406 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20407 of the form (PAT EXP).
20408 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20409 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20412 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20414 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20416 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20419 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20421 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20423 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20424 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20425 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20428 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20430 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20432 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" t)
20437 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20439 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20440 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" t)
20447 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20449 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20450 Completion for `gzip'.
20454 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20455 Completion for `bzip2'.
20459 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20460 Completion for GNU `make'.
20464 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20465 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20469 (autoload 'pcomplete/find "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20470 Completion for the GNU find utility.
20474 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" t)
20479 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20481 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20482 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20486 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20487 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20491 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20492 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" t)
20499 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20501 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20502 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" t)
20509 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20511 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20512 Completion for `cd'.
20516 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20518 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20519 Completion for `rmdir'.
20523 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20524 Completion for `rm'.
20528 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20529 Completion for `xargs'.
20533 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20535 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20536 Completion for `which'.
20540 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20541 Completion for the `chown' command.
20545 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20546 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20550 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20551 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20555 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20556 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20557 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" t)
20564 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20566 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20567 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20571 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20572 Completion for the `ack' command.
20573 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
20578 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20580 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20581 Completion for the `ag' command.
20587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" t)
20588 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20590 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20591 Support extensible programmable completion.
20592 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20593 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20595 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20597 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20598 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20602 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20603 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20604 This will modify the current buffer.
20608 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20609 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20613 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20614 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20615 This will modify the current buffer.
20619 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20620 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20624 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20625 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20629 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20630 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20631 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20632 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20633 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20635 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20637 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20638 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" t)
20645 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20647 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20648 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20649 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20650 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20652 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20654 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20656 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20657 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20658 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20659 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20660 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20661 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20664 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20666 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20667 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20668 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20669 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20670 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20671 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20672 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20673 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20675 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20677 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20678 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20679 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20680 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20681 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20682 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20683 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20686 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20688 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20689 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20690 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20691 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20692 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20693 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20694 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20696 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20698 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20699 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20700 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20702 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20704 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20705 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20706 A value of nil means never do it.
20707 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20708 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20709 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20711 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20713 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20714 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20715 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" t)
20720 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20722 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20723 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" t)
20728 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20729 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20730 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20731 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20732 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20733 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20734 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20736 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20737 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20738 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20739 Tab indents for Perl code.
20740 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20741 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20742 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20744 Variables controlling indentation style:
20745 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20746 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20747 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20748 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20749 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20750 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20751 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20753 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20754 `perl-indent-level'
20755 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20756 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20757 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20758 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20759 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20760 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20761 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20762 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20763 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20764 `perl-brace-offset'
20765 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20766 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20767 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20768 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20769 `perl-label-offset'
20770 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20771 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20772 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20774 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20775 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20776 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20777 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20778 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20779 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20780 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20782 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" t)
20789 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20791 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20792 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20793 \\<picture-mode-map>
20794 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20795 afterwards settable by these commands:
20797 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20798 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20799 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20800 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20802 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20803 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20804 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20805 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20807 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20808 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20809 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20810 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20812 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20813 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20814 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20815 with these commands:
20817 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20818 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20819 Move to column following last
20820 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20821 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20822 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20823 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20824 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20825 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20827 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20829 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20830 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20831 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20832 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20833 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20834 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20836 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20837 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20838 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20839 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20840 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20841 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20842 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20844 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20845 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20846 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20847 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20848 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20849 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20850 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20851 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20853 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20854 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20855 by supplying an argument.
20857 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20859 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20860 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20864 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" t)
20869 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
20870 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20872 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
20873 Start a Pinentry service.
20875 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
20876 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
20878 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
20881 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
20885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "plstore.el" t)
20886 ;;; Generated autoloads from plstore.el
20888 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20889 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20891 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20893 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20894 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" t)
20901 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20903 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20904 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20905 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20907 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" t)
20912 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20914 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20915 Play pong and waste time.
20916 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20917 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20919 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "net/pop3.el" t)
20928 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pop3.el
20930 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20931 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20932 Use streaming commands.
20934 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" t)
20939 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20941 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20942 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20943 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20944 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20946 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20948 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20949 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20953 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20954 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20955 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20956 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20957 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20959 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20961 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20962 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20963 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20965 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20967 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20968 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20970 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20972 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20973 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20974 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20975 Ignores leading comment characters.
20979 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20980 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20981 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20982 Ignores leading comment characters.
20988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" t)
20989 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20990 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20992 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20993 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20995 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20997 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20999 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21001 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21002 Preview directory using ghostview.
21004 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21005 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21006 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21007 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21009 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21010 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21011 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21012 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21013 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21016 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21018 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21020 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21021 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21023 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21024 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21025 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21026 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21028 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21029 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21030 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21031 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21032 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21035 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21037 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21039 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21040 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21042 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21043 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21044 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21045 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21047 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21048 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21049 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21050 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21051 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21054 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21056 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21058 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21059 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21061 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21063 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21064 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21065 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21066 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21068 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21069 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21070 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21071 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21072 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21075 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21077 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21079 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21080 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21082 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21083 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21084 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21086 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21087 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21088 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21089 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21091 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21093 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21094 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21096 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21097 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21098 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21100 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21101 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21102 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21103 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21105 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21107 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21108 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21110 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21111 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21112 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21114 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21115 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21116 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21117 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21119 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21121 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21122 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21124 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21126 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21127 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21128 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21130 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21131 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21132 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21133 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21135 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21137 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21138 Preview region using ghostview.
21140 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21142 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21144 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21145 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21147 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21149 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21151 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21152 Print region using PostScript printer.
21154 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21156 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21158 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21159 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21161 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21163 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21165 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21166 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21168 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21170 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21172 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21173 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21175 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21177 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21179 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21180 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21182 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21184 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21186 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21187 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21189 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21191 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21193 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21194 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21195 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21196 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21198 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21201 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21202 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21204 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21206 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21208 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21209 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21210 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21211 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21215 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21216 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21217 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21218 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21222 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21223 Print directory using text printer.
21225 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21228 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21229 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21231 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21233 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21235 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21236 Print buffer using text printer.
21240 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21241 Print region using text printer.
21245 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21246 Print major mode using text printer.
21250 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21251 Preview spooled PostScript.
21253 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21254 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21255 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21257 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21258 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21259 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21261 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21263 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21264 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21266 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21267 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21268 instead of sending it to the printer.
21270 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21271 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21272 image in a file with that name.
21274 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21276 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21277 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21279 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21280 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21281 instead of sending it to the printer.
21283 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21284 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21285 image in a file with that name.
21287 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21289 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21290 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21292 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21293 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21294 instead of sending it to the printer.
21296 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21297 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21298 image in a file with that name.
21300 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21302 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21303 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21305 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21307 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21308 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21310 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21312 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21313 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21315 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21317 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21318 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21320 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21322 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21323 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21325 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21327 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21328 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21330 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21331 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21332 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21333 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21335 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21336 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21337 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21338 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21339 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21340 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21343 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21345 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21346 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21350 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21351 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21353 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21355 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21360 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21361 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21365 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21366 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21370 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21371 Toggle printing with faces.
21375 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21380 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21385 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21388 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21390 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21395 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21400 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21401 Toggle upside-down.
21405 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21406 Toggle line number.
21410 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21411 Toggle zebra stripes.
21415 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21416 Toggle printing header.
21420 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21421 Toggle printing header frame.
21425 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21430 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21431 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21435 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21440 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21441 Customization of the `printing' group.
21443 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21445 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21446 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21448 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21450 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21451 Help for the printing package.
21453 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21455 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21456 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21460 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21461 Interactively select a text printer.
21465 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21466 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21470 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21471 Show current ps-print settings.
21473 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21475 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21476 Show current printing settings.
21478 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21480 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21481 Show current lpr settings.
21483 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21485 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21486 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21488 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21489 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21490 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21491 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21494 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21496 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21497 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21498 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21500 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21501 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21502 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21503 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21504 current active printer.
21506 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21507 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21508 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21511 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21512 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21513 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21514 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21515 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21518 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21519 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21521 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21523 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21524 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21525 be done using the new current active printer.
21527 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21528 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21531 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21532 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21533 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21534 instead of sending it to the printer.
21536 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21537 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21540 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21543 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21546 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21548 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21549 Fast fire function for text printing.
21551 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21552 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21553 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21554 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21556 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21557 user for a new active text printer.
21559 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21561 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21563 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21564 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21567 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21569 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21572 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" t)
21577 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21579 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21580 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21581 \\<proced-mode-map>
21582 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21583 the process information.
21585 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21587 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" t)
21595 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21597 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21598 Start/restart profilers.
21599 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21600 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21601 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21605 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21606 Open profile FILENAME.
21608 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21610 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21611 Open profile FILENAME.
21613 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21615 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21616 Open profile FILENAME.
21618 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" t)
21623 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
21625 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
21626 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
21627 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
21628 the user for a different directory to look in.
21630 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
21632 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
21633 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
21634 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
21635 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
21637 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21639 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
21640 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
21641 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the file name
21642 pattern to search for.
21644 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21646 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
21647 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
21648 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
21653 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
21654 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
21655 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
21662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" t)
21663 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21665 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21666 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21668 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21669 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21671 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21673 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21674 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21677 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21681 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21682 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21683 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21687 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21688 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21689 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" t)
21696 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21698 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21699 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21700 The default value is (\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21702 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" t)
21707 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21708 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21710 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21711 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21713 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21715 The following variables hold user options, and can
21716 be set through the `customize' command:
21719 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21720 `ps-mode-print-function'
21722 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21726 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21729 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21735 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21736 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21737 The keymap for this second window is:
21739 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21742 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21743 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21744 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21745 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21746 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" t)
21753 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21754 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21756 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21757 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21758 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21760 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21762 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21763 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21764 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21765 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21767 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21769 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21770 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21774 nil Do not print colors.
21778 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21779 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21781 Any other value is treated as t.")
21783 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21785 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21786 Customization of ps-print group.
21790 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21791 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21793 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21794 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21795 sending it to the printer.
21797 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21798 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21799 image in a file with that name.
21801 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21803 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21804 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21805 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21806 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21807 so it has a way to determine color values.
21809 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21811 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21812 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21813 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21815 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21817 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21818 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21819 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21820 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21821 so it has a way to determine color values.
21823 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21825 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21826 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21827 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21828 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21830 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21834 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21835 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21836 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21837 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21838 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21840 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21844 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21845 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21846 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21848 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21850 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21852 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21853 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21854 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21855 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21856 so it has a way to determine color values.
21858 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21860 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21862 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21863 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21865 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21866 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21867 instead of sending it to the printer.
21869 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21870 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21871 image in a file with that name.
21873 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21875 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21876 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21877 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21878 Try: pr -t file | awk \\='{printf \"%3d %s
21879 \", length($0), $0}\\=' | sort -r | head
21883 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21884 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21885 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21887 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21889 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21890 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21891 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21893 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21895 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21896 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21900 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21901 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21903 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21904 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21906 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21907 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21909 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21911 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21913 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21915 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21916 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21918 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21919 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21921 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21922 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21924 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21926 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21928 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21930 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21931 foreground and background colors respectively.
21933 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21934 bold - use bold font.
21935 italic - use italic font.
21936 underline - put a line under text.
21937 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21938 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21939 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21940 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21941 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21943 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21945 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" t)
21950 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21951 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21953 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
21954 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
21955 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
21957 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
21959 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
21960 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
21961 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
21963 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
21967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" t)
21968 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21969 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21971 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.pyw?\\'") 'python-mode))
21973 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21975 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21976 Run an inferior Python process.
21978 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
21979 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
21980 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
21981 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
21982 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21984 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
21985 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
21986 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
21987 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
21989 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21990 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21991 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21993 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21995 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21996 Major mode for editing Python files.
21998 \\{python-mode-map}
22004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "mail/qp.el" t)
22005 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/qp.el
22007 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22008 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22009 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22012 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22013 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22015 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22016 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22017 them into characters should be done separately.
22019 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" t)
22024 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22026 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22027 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22031 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22032 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22033 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22035 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22036 `quail-activate', which see.
22038 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22040 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22041 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22042 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22043 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22044 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22045 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22046 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22048 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22049 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22050 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22051 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22052 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22054 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22056 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22057 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22058 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22059 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22060 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22061 list of candidates.
22063 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22064 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22065 command to be called.
22067 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22068 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22069 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22070 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22072 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22073 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22074 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22075 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22076 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22079 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22080 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22081 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22082 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22084 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22085 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22086 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22087 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22088 defines no translations for single character keys.
22090 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22091 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22092 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22093 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22094 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22095 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22097 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22098 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22099 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22100 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22101 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22102 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22104 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22105 covers Quail translation region.
22107 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22108 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22109 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22110 for it) is inserted.
22112 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22113 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22114 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22116 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22117 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22118 non-Quail commands.
22120 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22122 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22123 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22125 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22126 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22127 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22128 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22129 you type is correctly handled.
22131 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22133 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22134 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22136 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22139 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22141 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22142 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22143 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22144 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22145 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22146 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22147 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22148 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22149 for the translation.
22150 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22152 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22153 it is used to handle KEY.
22155 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22156 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22157 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22158 the following annotation types are supported.
22160 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22161 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22163 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22166 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22167 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22168 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22171 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22172 generated for the following translations.
22174 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22176 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22177 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22179 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22180 which to install MAP.
22182 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22184 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22186 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22187 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22189 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22190 which to install MAP.
22192 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22194 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22196 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22197 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22198 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22199 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22200 a function, or a cons.
22201 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22202 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22203 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22204 for the translation.
22205 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22206 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22207 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22208 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22209 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22211 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22212 it is used to handle KEY.
22214 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22215 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22216 current Quail package.
22218 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22219 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22221 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22223 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22224 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22226 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22227 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22229 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22231 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22232 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22234 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22236 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22237 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22238 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22239 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22240 of the Emacs source tree.
22242 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22243 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22245 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22246 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22249 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" t)
22254 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22256 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22257 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22258 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22259 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22261 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22267 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22269 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22270 Activate UCS input method.
22271 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22273 While this input method is active, the variable
22274 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22276 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" t)
22281 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22283 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22284 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22285 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22286 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22288 To make use of this do something like:
22290 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22292 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22294 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22295 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22297 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22298 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22299 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22301 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22303 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22304 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22306 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22308 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22309 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22311 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22314 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22316 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22317 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22319 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22320 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22321 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22323 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22325 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22326 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22328 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22330 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22331 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22335 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22336 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22338 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22340 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22344 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22345 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" t)
22352 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22354 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22355 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22357 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22359 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22363 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22365 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22368 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION SERVER-ALIAS)" nil nil)
22370 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22371 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22372 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22373 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22374 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22375 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22377 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22379 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22380 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22381 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22382 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22383 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" t)
22390 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22392 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22394 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22395 Construct a regexp interactively.
22396 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22397 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22398 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22400 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22401 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" t)
22408 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22410 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22411 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22412 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22413 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22414 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22415 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22417 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22419 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22420 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22421 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22422 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22423 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22425 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22426 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22427 were operated on recently.
22429 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" t)
22434 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22436 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22437 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22438 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22439 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22442 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22443 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22446 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22448 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22449 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22450 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22452 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22453 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22456 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22458 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22459 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22460 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22462 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22464 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22465 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22467 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22468 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22470 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22473 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22474 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22475 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22476 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22479 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22481 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22482 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22484 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22486 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22487 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22491 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22492 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22493 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22494 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22495 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22496 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22497 and point is at the lower right corner.
22499 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22501 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22502 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22504 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22505 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22507 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22508 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22509 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22511 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22513 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22515 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22516 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22517 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22518 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22519 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22521 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22522 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22524 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22526 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22527 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22528 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22530 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22532 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22534 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22536 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22537 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22539 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22540 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22541 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22543 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22545 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22546 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22547 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22549 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22550 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22551 rectangle which were empty.
22553 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22555 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22556 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22558 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22559 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22560 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22561 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22563 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22565 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22566 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22567 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" t)
22574 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22576 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22577 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22578 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22579 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22580 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22582 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22583 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22584 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22587 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" t)
22594 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22595 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22596 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22597 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22598 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22600 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22601 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22605 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22606 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22608 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22609 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22611 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22612 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22613 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22616 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22617 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22618 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22620 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22621 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22622 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22624 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22625 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22627 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22628 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22630 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22631 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22634 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22638 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22639 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22640 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" t)
22647 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22648 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22649 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22650 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22651 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" t)
22656 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22658 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22659 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22660 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22661 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22662 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22663 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22665 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22666 (concat open (mapconcat \\='regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22668 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22670 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22671 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22673 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22675 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22676 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22677 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22678 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22680 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" t)
22685 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22686 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" t)
22691 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22692 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22694 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22695 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22696 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22697 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22699 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22701 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22703 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22704 Call `remember' in another frame.
22706 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22708 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22709 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22710 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22714 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22715 Extract diary entries from the region.
22719 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22720 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22721 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22722 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22724 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22726 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22727 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22728 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22731 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22733 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22736 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22737 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22738 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22740 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" t)
22745 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22746 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22748 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22749 Repeat most recently executed command.
22750 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22751 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22752 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22754 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22755 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22756 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22757 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22759 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22760 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22761 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22763 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" t)
22768 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22770 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22771 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22773 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22774 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22775 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22776 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22777 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22778 and point is left after the salutation.
22780 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22781 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22782 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22783 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22784 left after that text.
22786 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22789 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22790 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22791 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22792 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22794 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" t)
22799 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22801 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22802 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22803 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22804 visibility of comments that precede it.
22805 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22806 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22807 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22808 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22809 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22810 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22811 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22812 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22814 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22815 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22816 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22817 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22818 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" t)
22825 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22827 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22828 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22829 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22830 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22831 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22833 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22834 reveals invisible text around point.
22836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22838 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22839 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
22840 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22841 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22842 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22843 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22845 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22847 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22848 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22849 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22851 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22852 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22853 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" t)
22860 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22862 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22863 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22867 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22868 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22870 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" t)
22875 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22877 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22878 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22879 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22880 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22882 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22884 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22885 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22886 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22887 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22889 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22890 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22892 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22893 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22895 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22896 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22899 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22900 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22901 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22902 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22903 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22905 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22906 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22907 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22908 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22910 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22911 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22914 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" t)
22919 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22921 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22922 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22924 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22926 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22928 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22929 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22930 Its name should end with a slash.")
22932 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22933 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22935 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22936 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22937 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
22939 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22941 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22942 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22943 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22944 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22945 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22946 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22947 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22949 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22950 sent by you under different user names.
22951 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22953 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22955 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22957 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22959 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22960 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22961 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22964 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22966 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22967 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22968 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22969 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22970 which normally happens once for each message,
22971 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22972 To make a change in this variable take effect
22973 for a message that you have already viewed,
22974 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22976 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22978 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22979 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22980 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22981 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22983 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22985 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22986 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22988 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22990 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22991 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22992 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22994 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22996 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22997 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22998 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22999 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23000 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23001 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23003 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23005 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23006 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23008 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23010 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23011 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23013 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23015 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23016 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23018 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23019 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23021 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23023 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23024 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23026 This is set to nil by default.")
23028 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23029 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23030 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23031 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23032 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23033 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23034 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23036 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23037 Read and edit incoming mail.
23038 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23039 file in RMAIL Mode.
23040 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23042 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23043 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23044 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23045 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23047 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23049 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23051 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23052 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23053 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23054 Instead, these commands are available:
23056 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23057 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23058 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23059 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23060 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23061 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23062 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23063 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23064 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23065 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23066 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23067 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23068 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23069 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23070 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23071 till a deleted message is found.
23072 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23073 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23074 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23075 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23076 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23077 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23078 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23079 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23080 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23081 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23082 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23083 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23084 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23085 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23086 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23087 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23088 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23089 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23090 (label defaults to last one specified).
23091 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23092 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23093 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23094 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23095 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23096 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23097 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23098 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23099 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23103 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23104 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23106 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23108 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23109 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23111 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" t)
23116 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23117 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23119 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23120 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23121 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23122 case it writes Babyl.
23124 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23125 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23126 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23127 `rmail-default-file'.
23129 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23130 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23131 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23133 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23134 the header display is currently pruned.
23136 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23137 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23138 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23139 messages after output.
23141 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23142 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23143 message (if writing a file directly).
23145 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23146 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23148 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23150 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23151 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23152 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23153 i) the header is output as currently seen
23154 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23155 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23157 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23158 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23159 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23161 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23163 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23164 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23165 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23166 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23167 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23168 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23169 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23171 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23172 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23173 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23175 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" t)
23180 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23182 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23183 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23186 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" t)
23191 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23193 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23194 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23195 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23196 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" t)
23203 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23205 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23206 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23208 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23209 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23210 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23211 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23212 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23213 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23214 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23215 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23216 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23217 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23219 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23220 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23221 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23222 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23223 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23224 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23225 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23226 to use for finding the schema.
23228 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" t)
23233 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23235 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile #'rng-xsd-compile)
23237 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23238 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23239 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23240 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23241 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23242 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls `rng-dt-error'
23243 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23244 `rng-dt-error' will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23245 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23246 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23247 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23248 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23249 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23250 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23251 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23252 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23255 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" t)
23260 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23262 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23263 Define a robin package.
23265 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23266 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23267 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23268 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23270 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23271 one replaces the old one.
23273 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23275 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23276 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23278 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23279 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23280 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23282 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23284 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23285 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23287 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" t)
23292 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23294 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23295 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23297 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23299 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23300 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23302 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23304 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23305 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23307 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23309 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23310 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23311 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23313 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23314 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23317 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23321 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23322 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" t)
23329 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23330 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23332 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23333 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23336 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23337 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23344 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23345 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23346 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23347 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23348 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23350 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23351 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23352 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" t)
23359 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23360 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23362 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23363 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23369 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23371 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" t)
23376 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23377 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23379 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23380 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23381 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23383 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23384 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23385 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23386 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23387 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" t)
23394 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23396 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23397 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23398 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23399 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23401 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23403 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23404 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23405 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23407 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23408 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23409 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23411 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23415 matches string STRING literally.
23418 matches character CHAR literally.
23420 `not-newline', `nonl'
23421 matches any character except a newline.
23424 matches any character
23429 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23430 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23431 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23433 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23434 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23435 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23436 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23438 `(not (any SET ...))'
23439 matches any character not in SET ...
23441 `line-start', `bol'
23442 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23443 in the text being matched
23446 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23448 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23449 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23450 string being matched against.
23452 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23453 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23454 string being matched against.
23457 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23458 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23461 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23462 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23465 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23467 `word-start', `bow'
23468 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23471 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23474 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23477 `(not word-boundary)'
23478 `not-word-boundary'
23479 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23483 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23486 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23488 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23489 matches 0 through 9.
23492 matches ASCII control characters.
23494 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23495 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23498 matches space and tab only.
23501 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23502 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23503 unassigned by Unicode.
23505 `printing', `print'
23506 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23508 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23509 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23510 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23512 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23513 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23514 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23517 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23520 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23522 `lower', `lower-case'
23523 matches anything lower-case.
23525 `upper', `upper-case'
23526 matches anything upper-case.
23528 `punctuation', `punct'
23529 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23530 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23532 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23533 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23536 matches anything that has word syntax.
23539 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23542 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23543 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23544 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23546 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23547 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23550 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23551 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23552 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23553 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23554 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23556 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23557 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23558 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23559 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23560 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23562 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23563 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23565 `(category CATEGORY)'
23566 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23567 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23569 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23570 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23571 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23572 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23576 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23577 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23578 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23579 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23580 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23581 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23582 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23583 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23584 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23585 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23586 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23587 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23588 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23589 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23598 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23602 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23604 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23609 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23610 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23612 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23613 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23614 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23615 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23616 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23618 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23619 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23620 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23621 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23623 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23624 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23625 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23628 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23629 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23630 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23631 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23632 regular expression.
23634 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23635 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23636 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23637 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23638 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23640 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23641 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23643 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23644 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23646 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23648 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23651 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23652 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23655 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23656 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23658 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23660 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23663 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23666 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23668 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23669 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23671 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23674 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23677 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23681 matches N occurrences.
23684 matches N or more occurrences.
23686 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23687 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23688 matches N to M occurrences.
23691 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23694 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23698 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23700 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" t)
23705 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23706 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" t)
23711 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23712 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23714 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23715 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23716 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23717 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23718 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23719 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23721 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23723 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23724 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23725 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23726 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23727 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23729 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23730 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23731 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23732 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23734 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23735 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23736 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" t)
23743 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
23745 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
23746 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
23747 See the command `save-place-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23749 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23750 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
23752 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
23754 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
23755 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
23756 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
23757 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
23759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23761 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
23762 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
23763 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
23764 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
23765 even in a later Emacs session.
23767 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
23768 the argument is positive.
23770 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
23773 \(save-place-mode 1)
23775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" t)
23780 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23782 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23783 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23784 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23786 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23787 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23788 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23789 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23790 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23791 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23792 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23793 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23796 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23797 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23798 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23802 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23803 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23804 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23807 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23808 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23809 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23810 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23811 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23812 that variable's value is a string.
23818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" t)
23819 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23821 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23822 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23823 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23825 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" t)
23832 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23834 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23835 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23836 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23837 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23838 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23839 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23841 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23843 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23844 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23845 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23846 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23847 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23849 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23850 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" t)
23857 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23859 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23860 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23861 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23862 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23863 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23864 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23865 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23866 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" t)
23873 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23874 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23875 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" t)
23880 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23881 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23883 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23884 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23885 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23887 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23888 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23889 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23890 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23891 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23892 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23893 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23894 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23895 keybinding for tag names.
23896 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23897 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23898 of the symbol under point.
23899 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23900 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23901 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23902 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23903 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23905 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23907 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23909 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23910 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23911 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23912 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23913 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23914 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23916 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23918 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23919 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23920 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23921 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23922 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23924 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23925 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23926 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23927 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23930 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23938 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23940 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23941 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23949 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23951 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23952 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" t)
23959 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23961 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23962 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23964 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
23966 If `parens', they look like:
23967 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23968 If `angles', they look like:
23969 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23971 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23972 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23974 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23976 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23977 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23978 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23979 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23981 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23982 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23983 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23984 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23986 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23988 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23989 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23990 This is done when the message is initialized,
23991 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23993 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23995 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23996 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23997 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23999 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24001 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24002 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24003 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24004 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24005 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24006 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24007 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24009 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24011 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24012 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24014 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24016 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24017 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24018 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24021 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24023 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24024 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24025 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24026 when you first send mail.")
24028 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24030 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24031 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24032 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24033 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24034 This file need not actually exist.")
24036 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24038 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24039 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24041 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24043 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24044 Alist of mail address aliases,
24045 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24046 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24047 can specify a different file name.)
24048 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24049 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24051 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24052 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24053 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24055 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24057 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24058 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24059 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24061 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24063 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24064 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24065 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24066 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24067 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24068 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24069 in the cited portion of the message.
24071 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24072 instead of no action.")
24074 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24076 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24077 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24078 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24079 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24080 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24082 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24084 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24085 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24086 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24087 If a string, that string is inserted.
24088 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24089 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24090 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24091 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24093 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24095 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24096 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24098 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24100 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24101 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24102 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24104 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24105 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24107 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24109 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24110 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24111 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24112 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24114 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24116 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24117 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24118 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24122 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24124 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24127 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24129 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24130 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24131 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24133 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24134 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24136 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24137 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24138 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24139 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24140 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24141 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24142 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24143 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24144 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24145 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24146 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24147 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24148 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24149 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24153 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24154 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24155 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24156 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24158 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24160 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24161 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24162 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24163 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24164 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24165 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24167 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24168 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24169 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24171 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24172 User should not set this variable manually,
24173 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24174 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24175 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24177 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24178 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24179 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24180 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24182 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24183 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24186 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24188 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24189 to move to message header fields:
24192 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24193 when the message is initialized.
24195 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24196 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24198 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24201 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24202 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24204 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24205 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24206 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24207 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24208 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24209 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24210 buffer without erasing the contents.
24212 The second through fifth arguments,
24213 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24214 the initial contents of those header fields.
24215 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24216 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24217 original message being replied to, or else an action
24218 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24219 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24220 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24221 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24222 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24223 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24225 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24227 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24228 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24230 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24232 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24233 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24235 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" t)
24240 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24241 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 14)) package--builtin-versions)
24245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" t)
24246 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24248 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24250 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24252 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24254 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24255 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24256 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24257 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24258 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24259 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24261 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24262 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24264 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24265 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24266 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24268 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24271 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24273 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24274 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24275 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24276 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24278 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24280 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24281 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24282 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24283 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24284 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24285 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24287 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24289 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24290 Toggle Server mode.
24291 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24292 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24293 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24295 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24296 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24297 `server-start' for details.
24299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24301 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24302 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24303 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24305 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24306 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24308 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" t)
24313 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24315 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24316 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24318 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24319 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24320 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24321 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24322 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24324 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24325 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24326 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24327 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24328 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24329 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24331 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24334 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24335 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24336 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24338 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24339 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24341 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24342 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24345 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24347 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24348 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24350 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" t)
24357 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24359 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24360 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24362 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
24365 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24366 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24367 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24369 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
24372 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24374 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24375 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24380 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24381 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24382 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24383 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24384 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24385 which this is based.
24387 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24389 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24390 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24391 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24392 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24394 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24395 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24396 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24398 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24399 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24400 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24401 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24403 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24404 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24405 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24406 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24408 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24410 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24411 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24412 To work around that, do:
24413 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" \\='(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
24421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" t)
24422 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24423 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24424 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24426 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24427 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24428 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24429 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24430 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24431 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24433 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24434 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24435 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24436 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
24437 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
24439 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24440 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24441 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24443 \\[sh-case] case statement
24444 \\[sh-for] for loop
24445 \\[sh-function] function definition
24446 \\[sh-if] if statement
24447 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24448 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24449 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24450 \\[sh-select] select loop
24451 \\[sh-until] until loop
24452 \\[sh-while] while loop
24454 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24455 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24456 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24457 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24458 would indent to the way it currently is.
24459 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24460 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24463 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24464 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24465 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24466 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24467 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24469 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24470 unquoted < insert a here document.
24472 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24473 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24474 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24476 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24477 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24481 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" t)
24486 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24488 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24489 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24491 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24492 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24493 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24495 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24496 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24497 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24498 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24501 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24503 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24505 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24506 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24507 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24509 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24510 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24512 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24513 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24514 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24515 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24516 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24517 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24518 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24521 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24522 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24523 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24524 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24525 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24527 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24528 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24530 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" t)
24535 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24537 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24538 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24539 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24540 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24541 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24542 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24543 sites in the cluster.
24547 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24548 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24549 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24550 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24551 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24555 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24556 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24557 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24558 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24559 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24560 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24561 `shadow-define-cluster').
24565 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24566 Set up file shadowing.
24572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" t)
24573 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24575 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24576 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24577 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24578 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24579 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24582 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24584 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24585 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24586 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24587 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24588 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24590 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24591 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24592 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24593 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24594 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24595 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24596 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24597 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24598 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24599 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24600 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24602 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24603 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24604 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24605 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24606 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24607 `default-process-coding-system'.
24609 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24610 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24611 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24612 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24614 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24616 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" t)
24621 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24623 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24624 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24626 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24628 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24629 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24630 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24631 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24633 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "net/sieve.el" t)
24638 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve.el
24640 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24643 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24645 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24648 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24650 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24653 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24655 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24658 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "net/sieve-mode.el" t)
24663 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-mode.el
24665 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24666 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24667 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24668 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24669 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24671 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" t)
24678 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24680 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24681 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24682 \\{simula-mode-map}
24683 Variables controlling indentation style:
24684 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24685 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24686 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24687 `simula-indent-level'
24688 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24689 `simula-substatement-offset'
24690 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24691 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24692 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24693 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24694 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24695 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24696 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24697 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24698 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
24699 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24700 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24701 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24702 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
24703 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24704 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24705 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24706 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24707 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24708 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24709 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
24710 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24711 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24712 or nil if they should not be changed.
24713 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
24714 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24715 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24716 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24718 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24719 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" t)
24726 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24728 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24729 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24731 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24732 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24733 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24734 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24736 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24738 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24740 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24742 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24743 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24744 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24745 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24746 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24748 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24749 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24751 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24753 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24754 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24756 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24757 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24758 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24759 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24761 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24762 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24763 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24764 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24766 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24767 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24768 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24770 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24771 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24773 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24774 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24776 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24777 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24779 _ interesting point, interregion here
24780 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24781 interesting point set by _
24782 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24783 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24784 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24785 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24786 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24787 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24790 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24791 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24793 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24794 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24795 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24796 as the first element when at bol.
24798 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24799 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24800 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24801 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24802 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24803 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24804 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24805 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24807 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24808 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24809 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24810 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24811 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24814 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24815 then: insert previously read string once more
24816 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24817 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24818 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24820 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24821 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24823 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24825 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24826 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24828 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24829 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24830 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24831 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24832 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24835 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24836 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
24837 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
24838 twice for the others.
24844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" t)
24845 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24847 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24848 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24849 NAME-UPPER, NAME-LOWER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24852 \(fn &optional NAME-UPPER NAME-LOWER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24854 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24855 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24856 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24857 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24858 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24859 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24863 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24864 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24865 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" t)
24872 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24874 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24875 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24876 A list of images is returned.
24878 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24880 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24881 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24882 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24884 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" t)
24889 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24891 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24896 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24897 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" t)
24904 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24906 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24907 Play the Snake game.
24908 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24910 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24912 Snake mode keybindings:
24914 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24915 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24916 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24917 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24918 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24919 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24920 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" t)
24927 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24929 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24930 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24931 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24932 Tab indents for C code.
24933 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24934 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24936 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24941 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24942 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24943 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24944 Tab indents for C code.
24945 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24946 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24948 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24949 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" t)
24956 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
24957 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 1 1)) package--builtin-versions)
24961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" t)
24962 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24964 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24965 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24966 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24967 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24968 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24970 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" t)
24977 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24979 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24982 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24983 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24984 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24985 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24986 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24987 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24988 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24989 check after each move or undo.)
24993 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24994 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24995 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25014 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25015 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25016 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25017 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25019 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25020 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25021 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25024 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25025 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25027 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25043 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25045 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" t)
25052 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25053 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25055 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25056 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25058 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25059 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25060 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25061 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25064 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25065 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25066 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25069 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25070 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25072 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25073 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25074 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25075 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25078 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25079 It should move point to the end of the record.
25081 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25082 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25083 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25084 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25085 starts at the beginning of the record.
25087 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25088 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25091 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25092 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25093 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25094 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25095 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25096 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25097 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25099 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25101 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25102 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25103 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25104 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25105 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25108 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25110 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25111 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25112 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25113 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25114 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25117 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25119 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25120 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25121 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25122 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25123 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25126 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25127 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25129 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25130 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25131 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25132 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25133 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25134 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25135 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25136 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25137 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25139 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25141 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25142 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25143 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25144 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25145 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25146 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25147 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25150 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25152 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25153 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25154 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25155 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25157 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25158 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25160 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25161 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25162 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25163 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25164 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25165 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25166 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25167 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25169 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25171 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25174 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25175 starting with the letter \"f\",
25176 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25178 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25180 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25181 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25182 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25183 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25184 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25185 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25186 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25189 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25190 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25191 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25192 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25193 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25195 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25197 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25198 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25199 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25201 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25203 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25204 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25205 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25206 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25207 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25208 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25209 each repeated line.
25211 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25212 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25213 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25214 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25216 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25217 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25219 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25220 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25222 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" t)
25227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25229 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25230 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25231 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25232 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25233 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25234 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25236 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" t)
25241 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25243 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25244 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25246 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25247 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25248 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25250 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25252 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25253 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25254 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25257 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25259 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25260 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25261 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25263 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25265 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25266 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25267 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25268 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25273 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25274 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25275 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25276 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" t)
25283 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25285 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25287 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25288 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25289 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25290 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25291 supported at a time.
25292 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25293 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25297 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25298 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25299 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25300 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" t)
25307 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25309 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25310 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25314 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25315 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" t)
25322 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25323 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25325 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25326 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25328 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25329 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25330 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25331 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25332 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25333 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25334 of the current highlighting list.
25338 (sql-add-product-keywords \\='ms
25339 \\='((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25341 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25342 `_t' as data types.
25344 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25346 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25347 Major mode to edit SQL.
25349 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25350 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25351 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25354 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25356 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25357 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25358 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25359 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25360 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25361 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25363 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25364 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25366 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25367 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25368 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25370 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
25372 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25376 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25377 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25379 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25382 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25383 is specified in the connection settings.
25385 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25387 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25388 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25390 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25391 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25393 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25394 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25395 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25396 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25398 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25400 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25402 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25403 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25405 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25406 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25409 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25410 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25411 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25412 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25414 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25415 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25417 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25418 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25419 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25422 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25423 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25424 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25425 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25426 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25427 `default-process-coding-system'.
25429 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25431 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25433 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25434 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25436 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25437 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25440 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25441 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25442 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25443 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25445 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25446 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25448 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25449 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25450 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25453 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25454 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25455 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25456 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25457 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25458 `default-process-coding-system'.
25460 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25462 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25464 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25465 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25467 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25468 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25471 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25472 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25474 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25475 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25477 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25478 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25479 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25482 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25483 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25484 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25485 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25486 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25487 `default-process-coding-system'.
25489 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25491 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25493 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25494 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25496 SQLite is free software.
25498 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25499 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25502 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25503 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25504 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25505 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25507 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25508 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25510 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25511 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25512 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25515 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25516 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25517 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25518 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25519 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25520 `default-process-coding-system'.
25522 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25524 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25526 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25527 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25529 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25531 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25532 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25535 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25536 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25537 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25538 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25540 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25541 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25543 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25544 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25545 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25548 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25549 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25550 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25551 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25552 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25553 `default-process-coding-system'.
25555 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25557 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25559 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25560 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25562 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25563 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25566 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25567 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25570 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25571 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25573 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25574 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25575 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25578 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25579 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25580 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25581 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25582 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25583 `default-process-coding-system'.
25585 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25587 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25589 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25590 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25592 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25593 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25596 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25597 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25599 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25600 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25602 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25603 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25604 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25607 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25608 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25609 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25610 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25611 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25612 `default-process-coding-system'.
25614 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25616 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25618 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25619 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25621 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25622 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25625 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25626 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25627 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25628 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25630 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25631 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25633 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25634 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25635 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25638 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25639 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25640 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25641 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25642 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25643 `default-process-coding-system'.
25645 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25647 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25649 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25650 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25652 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25653 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25656 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25657 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25658 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25659 `sql-postgres-options'.
25661 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25662 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25664 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25665 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25666 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25669 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25670 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25671 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25672 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25673 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25674 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25675 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25676 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25678 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25679 \\='(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25681 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25683 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25685 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25686 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25688 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25689 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25692 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25693 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25696 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25697 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25699 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25700 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25701 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25704 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25705 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25706 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25707 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25708 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25709 `default-process-coding-system'.
25711 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25713 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25715 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25716 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25718 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25719 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25722 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25725 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25726 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25728 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25729 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25730 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25731 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25733 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25734 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25735 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25738 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25739 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25740 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25741 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25742 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25743 `default-process-coding-system'.
25745 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25747 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25749 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25750 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25752 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25753 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25756 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25757 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25758 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25759 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25762 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25763 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25764 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25765 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25768 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25769 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25771 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25772 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25773 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25776 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25778 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25780 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
25781 Run vsql as an inferior process.
25783 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" t)
25788 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25789 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25795 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25797 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25798 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25802 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "net/starttls.el" t)
25807 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/starttls.el
25809 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25810 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25811 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25812 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25813 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25814 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25815 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25816 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25817 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25818 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25820 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25821 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25822 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25823 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25825 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" t)
25830 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25832 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25833 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25834 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25835 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25836 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25837 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25839 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25841 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25843 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25844 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25845 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25846 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25847 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25848 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25849 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25851 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25853 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25854 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25855 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25856 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25857 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25858 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25859 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25861 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25863 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25864 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25865 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25867 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25869 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25870 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25871 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25873 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25875 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25876 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25878 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25880 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25881 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25885 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25886 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25890 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25891 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25892 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25894 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25896 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25898 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25899 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25900 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25901 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25902 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25903 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25905 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25907 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25908 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25909 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25910 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25911 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25913 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25914 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25915 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25916 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25917 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25919 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25920 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25921 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25922 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25924 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25928 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25929 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25930 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25931 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25933 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25935 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25936 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" t)
25943 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25945 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25946 Studlify-case the region.
25948 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25950 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25951 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25953 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25955 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25956 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" t)
25963 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25965 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
25967 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25968 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25969 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25970 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25971 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25973 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25974 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
25975 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25976 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25978 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25979 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25980 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25982 Nomenclature Subwords
25983 ===========================================================
25984 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25985 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25986 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25988 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
25989 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
25991 \\{subword-mode-map}
25993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25995 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25996 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
25997 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25998 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25999 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26000 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26002 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26004 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26005 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26006 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26007 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26008 ARG is omitted or nil.
26010 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26011 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26012 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26016 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26017 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26018 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26019 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26020 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26022 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26023 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26024 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26025 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26027 \\{superword-mode-map}
26029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26031 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26032 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
26033 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26034 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26035 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26036 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26038 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26040 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26041 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26042 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26043 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26044 ARG is omitted or nil.
26046 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26047 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26048 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" t)
26055 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26057 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26058 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26059 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26060 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26061 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26062 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26063 original message but it does require a few things:
26065 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26067 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26070 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26071 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26074 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26076 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26078 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26079 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26080 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" t)
26087 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26089 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26091 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26092 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26093 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26094 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26095 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26096 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26098 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26100 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26101 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26102 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26103 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26104 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26106 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26107 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26108 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26110 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
26111 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
26112 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
26114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" t)
26119 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26121 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26122 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26123 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26126 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26127 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26128 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26130 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26132 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26133 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26134 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26135 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26136 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26139 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26140 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26141 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26143 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" t)
26148 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26150 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26151 Insert an editable text table.
26152 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26153 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26154 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26155 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26156 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26157 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26162 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26164 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26169 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26170 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26171 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26172 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26175 +-----+-----+-----+
26177 +-----+-----+-----+
26179 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26181 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26182 width, which results as
26184 +--------------+-----+-----+
26186 +--------------+-----+-----+
26188 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26189 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26191 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26193 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26195 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26196 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26197 width information to `table-insert'.
26199 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26205 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26208 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26209 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26211 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26214 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26216 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26218 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26221 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26224 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26226 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26228 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26231 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26234 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26237 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26238 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26239 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26241 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26244 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26247 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26250 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26252 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26255 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26258 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26259 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26260 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26261 | | |expected results.-!- |
26262 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26265 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26267 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26271 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26273 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26274 Insert N table row(s).
26275 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26276 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26277 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26278 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26282 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26283 Insert N table column(s).
26284 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26285 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26286 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26287 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26291 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26292 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26293 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26295 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26297 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26298 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26299 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26300 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26301 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26302 all the table specific features.
26304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26306 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26311 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26312 Recognize all tables within region.
26313 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26314 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26315 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26318 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26320 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26323 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26325 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26326 Recognize a table at point.
26327 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26328 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26329 the table specific features.
26331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26333 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26338 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26339 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26340 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26341 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26342 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26343 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26344 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26346 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26348 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26353 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26354 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26355 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26356 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26357 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26358 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26361 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26363 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26364 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26365 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26366 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26367 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26368 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26369 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26374 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26375 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26376 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26377 table's rectangle structure.
26379 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26381 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26382 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26383 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26384 table's rectangle structure.
26388 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26389 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26390 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26391 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26392 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26394 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26396 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26397 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26398 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26400 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26401 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26402 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26403 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26404 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26405 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26406 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26408 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26409 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26410 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26411 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26412 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26413 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26414 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26416 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26417 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26418 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26419 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26420 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26421 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26422 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26423 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26425 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26427 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26428 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26429 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26430 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26434 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26435 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26436 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26438 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26440 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26441 Split current cell vertically.
26442 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26446 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26447 Split current cell horizontally.
26448 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26452 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26453 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26454 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26456 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26458 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26459 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26460 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
26461 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
26463 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26465 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26466 Justify cell contents.
26467 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
26468 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26469 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26470 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26472 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26474 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26475 Justify cells of a row.
26476 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26477 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26479 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26481 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26482 Justify cells of a column.
26483 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26484 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26486 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26488 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26489 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26490 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26491 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26492 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26493 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26494 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26495 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26500 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26501 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26502 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26503 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26504 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26505 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26506 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26507 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26508 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26509 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26510 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26512 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26514 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26515 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26516 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26517 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
26518 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26519 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26520 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26521 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26522 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26523 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26524 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26525 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26528 References used for this implementation:
26531 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26534 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26536 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26537 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26538 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26540 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26542 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26543 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26544 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26545 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26546 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26547 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26548 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26549 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26550 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26551 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26552 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26553 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26554 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26555 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26556 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26557 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
26558 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26563 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26564 (table-forward-cell 15)
26565 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
26566 (table-forward-cell 16)
26567 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
26568 (table-forward-cell 1)
26569 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 \\='center))
26572 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26573 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 \\='right)
26574 (table-forward-cell 1)
26575 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 \\='left))
26577 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26579 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26580 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26581 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26582 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26583 consists from cells of same height.
26587 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26588 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26589 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26590 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26591 column must consists from cells of same width.
26595 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26596 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26597 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26598 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26599 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26600 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26601 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26602 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26603 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26604 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26605 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26606 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
26607 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26608 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26609 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26618 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26619 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26620 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26623 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26625 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26627 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26629 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26633 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26634 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26635 of each row is optional.
26640 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26641 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26642 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26643 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26644 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26646 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26647 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26649 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26650 expression and raw delimiter regular
26651 expression, it parses the specified text
26652 area and extracts cell items from
26653 non-table text and then forms a table out
26656 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26657 creates a single cell table. The text in
26658 the specified region is placed in that
26661 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26664 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26665 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26666 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26668 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26669 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26670 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26671 | area and extracts cell items from |
26672 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26675 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26676 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26677 | the specified region is placed in that |
26679 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26681 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26682 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26685 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26686 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26687 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26688 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26689 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26690 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26691 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26692 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26693 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26695 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26696 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26697 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26698 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26700 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26702 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26703 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26704 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26706 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26708 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26709 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26710 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26711 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26712 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" t)
26719 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26721 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26722 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26724 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26726 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26727 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" t)
26734 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26736 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26737 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26738 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26739 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26740 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26741 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26742 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26744 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26745 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26746 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26747 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26749 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" t)
26757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26759 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26760 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26761 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26762 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26763 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26764 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26766 Variables controlling indentation style:
26768 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26769 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26770 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26772 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26773 documentation for details):
26774 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26775 Controls action of TAB key.
26777 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26778 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26779 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26780 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26781 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26783 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26784 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26789 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26790 Run inferior Tcl process.
26791 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26792 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26796 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26797 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26798 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26800 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" t)
26805 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26807 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26808 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26809 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26810 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26812 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26813 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26814 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26815 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26816 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26818 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26820 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26821 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26822 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26823 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" t)
26830 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26832 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26833 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26834 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26835 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26836 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26837 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26839 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26841 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26842 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26843 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26844 commands to use in that buffer.
26846 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26848 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26850 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26851 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26853 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26855 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26856 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26857 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26858 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26859 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26860 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26861 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26862 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26863 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26864 use in that buffer.
26865 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26867 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" t)
26872 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26874 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26875 Start coverage on function under point.
26881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" t)
26882 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26883 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26885 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26886 Play the Tetris game.
26887 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26888 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26889 as to form complete rows.
26891 tetris-mode keybindings:
26892 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26893 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26894 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26895 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26896 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26897 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26898 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26899 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26900 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" t)
26907 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26909 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26910 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26912 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26914 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26915 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26916 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26917 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26918 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26920 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26922 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26923 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26924 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26925 if it matches the first line of the file,
26926 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26928 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26930 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26931 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26932 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26933 if the variable is non-nil.")
26935 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26937 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26938 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26940 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26942 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26943 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26944 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26945 See the documentation of that variable.")
26947 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26949 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26950 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26951 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26952 See the documentation of that variable.")
26954 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26956 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26957 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26958 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26959 See the documentation of that variable.")
26961 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26963 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26964 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26965 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26966 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26967 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26969 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26971 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26972 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26973 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26974 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26976 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26978 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26979 User defined LaTeX block names.
26980 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26982 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26984 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26985 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26986 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26987 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26989 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26991 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26992 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26993 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26994 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26996 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26998 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26999 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27000 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27001 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27003 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27004 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27007 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27008 \\='(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27010 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27013 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27015 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27016 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27017 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27018 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27019 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27021 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27023 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27025 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27026 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27027 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27029 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27031 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27032 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27033 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27034 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27035 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27037 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27039 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27040 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27042 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27044 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27045 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27047 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27049 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27050 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27051 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27052 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27053 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27054 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27055 says which mode to use.
27059 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27061 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27063 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27065 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27066 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27067 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27068 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27069 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27071 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27072 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27073 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27074 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27075 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27076 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27077 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27079 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27080 mismatched $'s or braces.
27083 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27087 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27089 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27090 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27091 tex-dvi-print-command
27092 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27093 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27094 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27095 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27096 tex-dvi-view-command
27097 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27098 tex-show-queue-command
27099 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27100 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27102 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27103 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27104 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27108 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27109 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27110 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27111 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27112 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27114 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27115 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27116 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27117 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27118 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27119 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27120 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27122 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27123 mismatched $'s or braces.
27130 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27132 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27133 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27134 tex-dvi-print-command
27135 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27136 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27137 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27138 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27139 tex-dvi-view-command
27140 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27141 tex-show-queue-command
27142 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27143 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27145 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27146 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27147 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27151 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27152 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27153 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27154 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27155 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27157 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27158 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27159 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27160 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27161 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27162 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27163 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27165 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27166 mismatched $'s or braces.
27169 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27173 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27175 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27176 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27177 tex-dvi-print-command
27178 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27179 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27180 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27181 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27182 tex-dvi-view-command
27183 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27184 tex-show-queue-command
27185 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27186 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27188 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27189 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27190 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27191 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27195 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27200 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27201 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" t)
27208 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27210 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27211 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27212 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27213 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27215 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27216 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27217 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27219 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27221 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27222 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27223 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27224 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27225 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27227 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27229 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27230 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27231 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27232 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27234 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27235 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27236 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27237 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27239 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27240 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27242 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" t)
27247 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27249 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27250 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27252 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27254 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27255 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27257 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27259 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27260 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27262 It has these extra commands:
27263 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27265 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27266 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27267 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27268 modified version of TeX input format.
27270 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27271 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27272 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27273 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27275 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27276 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27277 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27278 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27279 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27280 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27281 in the Texinfo file.
27283 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27284 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27285 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27286 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27287 move forward past the closing brace.
27289 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27290 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27292 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27293 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27294 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27296 Here are the functions:
27298 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27299 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27300 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27302 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27303 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27304 texinfo-master-menu
27306 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27308 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27309 which menu descriptions are indented.
27311 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27312 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27315 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27316 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27317 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27318 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27320 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27321 be the first node in the file.
27323 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27324 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" t)
27331 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27333 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27334 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27335 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27336 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27338 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27340 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27341 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27343 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27345 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27346 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27350 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27353 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" t)
27358 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27360 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27361 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27362 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27363 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27364 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27365 `line', and `page'.
27367 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27369 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27370 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27371 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27372 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27373 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27374 `line', and `page'.
27376 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27379 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27380 positions of the thing found.
27382 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27384 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27385 Return the THING at point.
27386 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27387 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27388 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27389 `line', `number', and `page'.
27391 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27392 strip text properties from the return value.
27394 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27395 a symbol as a valid THING.
27397 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27399 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27400 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27404 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27405 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27409 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27410 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27414 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27415 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" t)
27422 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27424 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27425 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27429 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27430 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27431 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27432 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27434 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27436 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27437 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27441 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27442 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27446 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27448 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27449 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" t)
27456 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
27457 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" t)
27462 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27464 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27465 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27466 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27470 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27471 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27473 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27475 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27476 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27477 The returned string has no composition information.
27479 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27481 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27482 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27484 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27486 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27487 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27489 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27491 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27492 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27493 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27494 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27496 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27498 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27499 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27500 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27501 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27503 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27505 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27506 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27507 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27511 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27512 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27513 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27517 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27520 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27522 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27525 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27527 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27530 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" t)
27535 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27536 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27538 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27539 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27540 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27541 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27543 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27544 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27545 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27547 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27549 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27550 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27551 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27552 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27554 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27555 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27556 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27558 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27560 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27561 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
27564 * character before point is a space character,
27565 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
27567 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
27568 characters) from before the space character, and
27569 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
27570 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
27574 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
27575 * character before point is a space character, and
27576 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
27577 `tildify-space-string' variable,
27578 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
27580 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
27584 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
27585 Adds electric behavior to space character.
27587 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
27588 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
27589 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
27590 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
27592 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
27593 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
27594 variable will be set to the representation.
27596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" t)
27601 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27603 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27604 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27606 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27607 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27609 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27610 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27611 This display updates automatically every minute.
27612 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27613 are displayed as well.
27614 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27618 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27619 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27620 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27621 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27622 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27623 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27625 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27627 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27628 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27629 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27630 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27631 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27633 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27634 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27635 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27636 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27637 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27641 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27642 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27643 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27644 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27648 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27649 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27650 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27651 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27653 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27655 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27656 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" t)
27663 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27665 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27666 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27667 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27669 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27670 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27671 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27672 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27673 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27674 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27676 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27677 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
27679 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27681 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27682 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27684 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27686 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27687 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27688 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27690 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27692 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27693 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
27694 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
27695 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
27697 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27698 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27699 DATE should be a date-time string.
27701 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27703 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27704 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27705 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27707 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27709 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27710 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27712 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27714 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27715 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27717 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27719 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27720 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27721 TIME should be a time value.
27722 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27724 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27726 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27727 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27728 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27730 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27732 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27733 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27734 The valid format specifiers are:
27735 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27736 %d is the number of days.
27737 %h is the number of hours.
27738 %m is the number of minutes.
27739 %s is the number of seconds.
27740 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27741 %% is a literal \"%\".
27743 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27744 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27746 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27747 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27748 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27750 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27751 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27752 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27754 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27756 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27758 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
27759 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
27761 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
27765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" t)
27766 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27767 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27768 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27769 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27770 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27771 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27772 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27773 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27774 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27776 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27777 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27778 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27779 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27780 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
27781 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27782 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27783 look like one of the following:
27786 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27787 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27788 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27789 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27790 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27791 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27792 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27797 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27798 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27799 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" t)
27806 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27807 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27809 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27810 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27811 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27813 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27814 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27816 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27818 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27819 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27820 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27821 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27822 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27823 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27824 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27825 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27826 display (non-nil means on).
27828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27830 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27831 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27832 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27833 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27834 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27835 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27836 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27837 this function is called within a day.
27839 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27840 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27841 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27842 discover the name of the project.
27844 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27846 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27847 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27848 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27849 begun during the last time segment.
27851 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27852 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27853 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27854 discover the reason.
27856 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27858 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27859 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27860 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27861 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27862 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27864 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27866 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27867 Change to working on a different project.
27868 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27869 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27870 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27873 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27875 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27876 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27877 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27881 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27882 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27883 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27887 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27888 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27889 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27890 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27891 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27892 \"relative to today\".
27894 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27896 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27897 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27898 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27899 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27901 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27903 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27904 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27905 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27906 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27907 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27908 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27910 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timer-list" "emacs-lisp/timer-list.el" t)
27915 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer-list.el
27917 (autoload 'timer-list "timer-list" "\
27918 List all timers in a buffer.
27920 \(fn &optional IGNORE-AUTO NONCONFIRM)" t nil)
27921 (put 'timer-list 'disabled "Beware: manually canceling timers can ruin your Emacs session.")
27925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27927 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27929 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27930 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27931 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27932 the generated Quail package is saved.
27934 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27936 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27937 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27938 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27939 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27940 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27941 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27942 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27944 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" t)
27949 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27950 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27951 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27953 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27954 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27955 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27956 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27957 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27959 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27960 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27961 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27963 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27965 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27966 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27967 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27968 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27969 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27971 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27973 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27974 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27975 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27976 in the menu in two ways:
27977 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27978 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27979 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27981 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27982 keymap or an alist of alists.
27983 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27984 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27986 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" t)
27991 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27993 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27994 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27996 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27997 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27998 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27999 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28000 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28001 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28002 file was last visited.
28004 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28005 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28006 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28007 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28008 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28009 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28010 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28011 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28012 for the first item.
28014 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28015 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28016 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28017 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28018 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28019 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28020 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28021 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28023 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28024 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28025 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28026 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28027 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28029 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28030 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28032 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28034 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28035 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28041 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28042 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28044 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28048 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28049 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28051 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" t)
28058 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28060 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28061 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28062 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28066 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28067 Add an item to the tool bar.
28068 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28069 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28070 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28071 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28073 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28074 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28075 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28076 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28078 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28079 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28081 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28083 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28084 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28085 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28086 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28087 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28088 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28090 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28091 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28092 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28093 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28095 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28097 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28098 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28099 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28100 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28101 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28102 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28103 properties to add to the binding.
28105 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28107 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28108 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28110 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28112 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28113 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28114 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28115 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28116 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28117 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28118 properties to add to the binding.
28120 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28123 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" t)
28128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28130 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28131 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28132 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28133 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28134 to a tcp server on another machine.
28136 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" t)
28141 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28143 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28144 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28146 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28148 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28149 Helper function to get internal values.
28150 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28152 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28154 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28155 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28156 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28157 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28159 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28160 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28161 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28162 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28163 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28165 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28166 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28167 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28168 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28170 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28172 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28174 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28175 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28176 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28177 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28179 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28181 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" t)
28186 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28188 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28189 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28190 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28192 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28194 (defvar tramp-syntax 'ftp "\
28195 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28197 It can have the following values:
28199 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP like syntax
28200 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs originally.")
28202 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28204 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28205 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28206 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28208 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28210 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28211 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28212 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28214 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28215 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28216 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28217 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28218 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28219 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28220 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28221 files which are not really Tramp files.
28223 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28224 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28225 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28226 updated after changing this variable.
28228 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28230 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28231 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28232 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28234 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28236 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28237 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28238 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28240 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28241 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28242 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28244 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28245 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28246 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28247 updated after changing this variable.
28249 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28251 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28252 Alist of completion handler functions.
28253 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28254 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28255 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28257 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28258 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28259 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28260 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28262 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28263 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28264 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28266 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28267 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28269 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28270 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28272 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28274 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28279 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28280 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28282 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28284 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28285 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28287 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28289 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28290 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" t)
28297 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28299 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" t)
28307 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
28308 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 3 0 -1)) package--builtin-versions)
28312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" t)
28313 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28315 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28316 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28317 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28318 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28319 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28320 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28321 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28322 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28324 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28325 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28326 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28328 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28329 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28332 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" t)
28337 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28339 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28342 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" t)
28347 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28348 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28349 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28350 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28352 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28353 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28354 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28355 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28356 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28357 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28358 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28360 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28362 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28363 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28364 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28365 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28367 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28371 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28372 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28373 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28374 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28375 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28376 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28377 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28379 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28380 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28382 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28385 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28387 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" t)
28394 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28396 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28397 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28398 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28399 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28400 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28401 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28403 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28405 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28406 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28407 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28409 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28410 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28411 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28412 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28413 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28414 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28415 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28417 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28418 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28420 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28421 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28422 reset the keystroke counter.
28424 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28425 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28426 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28427 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28429 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28430 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28431 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28432 `type-break-schedule' command.
28434 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28435 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28436 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28437 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28438 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28439 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28440 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28441 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28442 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28444 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28445 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28446 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28447 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28448 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28450 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28451 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28452 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28453 approximate good values for this.
28455 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28456 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28458 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28459 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28460 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28461 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28462 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28463 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28465 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28466 a typing break occur. They include:
28468 `type-break-query-mode'
28469 `type-break-query-function'
28470 `type-break-query-interval'
28472 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28474 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28475 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28476 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28481 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28482 Take a typing break.
28484 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28485 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28487 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28488 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28492 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28493 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28494 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28495 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28499 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28500 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28502 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28503 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28504 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28505 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28506 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28507 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28508 average typing speed.)
28510 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28511 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28512 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28513 the computed maximum threshold.
28515 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28516 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28517 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28518 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28519 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28521 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" t)
28526 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28528 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28529 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28530 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28531 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28532 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28534 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28540 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28542 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28543 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28545 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28547 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28548 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28550 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28552 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28553 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28555 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28557 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28558 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28560 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28562 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28563 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28565 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28567 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28568 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28570 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28572 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28573 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28575 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28577 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28578 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28580 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28582 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28583 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28585 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28587 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28588 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28590 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28592 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28593 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28595 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28597 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28598 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28600 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" t)
28605 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28607 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28608 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28609 Works by overstriking underscores.
28610 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28611 which specify the range to operate on.
28613 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28615 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28616 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28617 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28618 which specify the range to operate on.
28620 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" t)
28625 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28627 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28628 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28629 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28630 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28631 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28632 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28636 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28637 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28638 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28640 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" t)
28645 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28647 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28648 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28649 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28650 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28652 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" t)
28657 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28659 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28660 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28661 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28662 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28663 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28665 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28666 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28667 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28668 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28669 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28670 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28672 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28673 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28674 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28676 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28677 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28678 the callback is not called).
28680 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28681 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28682 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28685 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28686 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28688 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28689 URL-encoded before it's used.
28691 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28693 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28694 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28695 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28696 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28697 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28699 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" t)
28704 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28706 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28707 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28708 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28710 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28711 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28712 `url-generic-parse-url'
28713 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28714 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
28715 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28717 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28718 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
28719 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
28720 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28721 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28722 what type of auth to use
28723 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28724 if one cannot be found in the cache
28726 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28728 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28729 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28731 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28732 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28733 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28734 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28735 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28736 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28737 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28738 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28740 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" t)
28745 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28747 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28748 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28750 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28752 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28753 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28754 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28756 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28758 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28759 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28761 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" t)
28766 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28768 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28771 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" t)
28776 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28778 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28779 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28780 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28782 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28784 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28785 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28786 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28787 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28789 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28790 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28791 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28794 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28796 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28797 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28798 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28800 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28802 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28805 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" t)
28810 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28812 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28813 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28815 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" t)
28820 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28822 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28823 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28827 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28828 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28829 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28830 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28831 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28833 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
28834 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
28836 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
28840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" t)
28841 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28843 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28844 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28845 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28846 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28847 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28848 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28850 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28852 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28853 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28854 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28855 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28856 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28860 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28861 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28862 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28863 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28865 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28867 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28868 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28869 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28870 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28871 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28872 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28873 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28874 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28875 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28876 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28878 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28880 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28881 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28882 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28885 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28887 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
28888 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
28889 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
28890 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
28892 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28894 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28897 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" t)
28902 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28903 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28905 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28906 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28907 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28908 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28909 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" t)
28914 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28916 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28919 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" t)
28924 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28926 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28927 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28928 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28929 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28930 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28932 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" t)
28937 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28939 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28942 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28944 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28945 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28947 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" t)
28952 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28954 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28955 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28957 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28959 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28960 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28962 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28964 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28967 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28969 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28971 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28973 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28975 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28976 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28978 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" t)
28983 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28985 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28988 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28990 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28993 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" t)
28998 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29000 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29003 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29005 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29008 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29010 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29013 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29015 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29018 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29020 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29023 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29025 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29028 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29030 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29033 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" t)
29038 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29040 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29041 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29043 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29045 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29046 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29047 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29049 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29050 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29051 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29052 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29053 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29054 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29055 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29056 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29057 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29058 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29059 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29060 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29061 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29062 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29064 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29065 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29066 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29068 Here is an example. The URL
29070 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29076 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29077 HOST = \"example.com\"
29079 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29084 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" t)
29089 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29091 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29092 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" t)
29099 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29101 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29102 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29103 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29104 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29105 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29106 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29108 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" t)
29113 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29115 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29116 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
29117 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29119 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29121 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29122 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29123 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29124 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29126 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" t)
29131 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29133 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29134 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29135 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29137 If t, all messages will be logged.
29138 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29139 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29141 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29143 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29146 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29148 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29151 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29153 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29154 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29155 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29156 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29157 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29163 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29165 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29166 Return a \"normalized\" version of URL.
29167 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29169 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29171 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29172 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29173 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29175 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29177 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29178 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29180 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29182 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29183 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29187 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29188 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29192 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29195 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29197 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29200 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29202 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29204 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29205 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29207 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29209 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29210 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29212 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29214 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29217 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29219 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29220 Build a query-string.
29222 Given a QUERY in the form:
29229 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29231 This will return a string
29232 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29233 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29236 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29238 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29239 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29241 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29243 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29244 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29245 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29246 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29247 forbidden in URL encoding.
29249 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29251 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29252 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29253 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29254 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29255 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29256 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29258 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29259 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29260 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29261 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29263 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29265 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29266 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29267 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29268 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29269 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29270 should return it unchanged.
29272 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29274 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29275 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29276 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29277 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29279 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29281 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29282 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29283 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29285 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29287 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29288 View the current document's URL.
29289 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29292 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29294 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" t)
29299 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29301 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29302 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29303 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29304 do (signal \\='file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29305 to refrain from editing the file
29306 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29307 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29308 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29309 in any way you like.
29311 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29313 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29314 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29315 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29316 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal \\='file-supersession (file)),
29317 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29319 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29320 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" t)
29327 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29329 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29332 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29334 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29337 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29339 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29342 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29344 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29347 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "international/utf7.el" t)
29352 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf7.el
29354 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29355 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29357 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" t)
29362 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29364 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29365 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29366 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29367 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29369 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29371 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29372 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29373 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29375 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29377 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29378 Uudecode region between START and END.
29379 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29381 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" t)
29386 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29388 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29389 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29392 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29394 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29395 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29396 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29398 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29400 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29401 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29404 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29406 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29407 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29409 If FILE is already registered, return the
29410 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29411 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29412 responsible for FILE is returned.
29414 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29416 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29417 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29418 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29419 same state. If not, signal an error.
29421 For merging-based version control systems:
29422 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29423 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29424 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29425 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29426 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29427 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29429 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29430 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29431 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29432 the file(s) for editing.
29433 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29434 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29435 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29436 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29437 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29439 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29441 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29442 Register into a version control system.
29443 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29444 Otherwise register the current file.
29445 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29447 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29448 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29449 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29450 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29451 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29452 first backend that could register the file is used.
29454 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29456 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29457 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29459 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29461 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29462 Display diffs between file revisions.
29463 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29464 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29465 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29467 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29470 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29472 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29473 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29474 repository history using ediff.
29476 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29478 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29479 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29480 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29481 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29482 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29484 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29487 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29489 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29490 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29491 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29492 fileset with the working revision.
29493 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29494 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29496 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29499 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29501 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29502 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29503 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29507 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29508 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29509 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29510 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29514 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29515 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29516 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29517 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29521 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29522 Perform a version control merge operation.
29523 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29524 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29525 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29526 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29528 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29529 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29530 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29531 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29532 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29533 changes from the current branch.
29537 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
29538 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
29540 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
29542 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29544 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29545 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29546 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29547 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29548 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29549 checked out in that new branch.
29551 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29553 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29554 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29555 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29556 named branch in the directory DIR.
29557 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29558 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29559 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29560 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29561 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29562 allowed and simply skipped).
29564 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29566 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29567 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29568 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29569 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29570 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29572 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29573 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29575 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29577 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29578 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29579 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29580 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29581 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29583 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29585 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29586 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29587 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29589 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29591 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29592 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29593 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29595 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29597 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
29598 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
29600 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29602 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29603 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29604 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29605 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29609 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29611 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29612 Update the current fileset or branch.
29613 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29614 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29615 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29616 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
29619 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29620 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29621 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29622 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29623 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29627 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29629 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
29630 Push the current branch.
29631 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29632 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
29633 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
29634 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
29635 VCS command to run.
29637 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
29638 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
29640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29642 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29643 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29644 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29645 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29646 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29647 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29648 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29650 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29652 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29653 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29654 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29655 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29656 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29657 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29658 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29659 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29660 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29662 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29664 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29665 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29666 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29667 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29671 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29672 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29673 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29674 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29676 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29678 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29679 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29680 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29683 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29685 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29686 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29687 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29689 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29690 log entries should be gathered.
29692 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29694 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29695 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29697 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" t)
29702 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29704 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29705 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29707 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29708 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29709 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29710 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29711 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29712 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29714 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29715 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29716 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29717 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29718 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29719 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29720 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29721 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29723 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29725 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29727 Customization variables:
29729 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29730 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29731 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29732 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29733 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
29734 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
29736 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" t)
29741 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29743 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29744 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29746 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29747 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29748 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29749 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29751 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29752 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" t)
29757 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29758 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29759 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29760 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29761 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29762 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29763 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" t)
29768 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29770 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29771 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29772 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29773 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29774 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29776 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29777 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29778 The file lines appear later.
29780 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29781 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29783 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29785 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29787 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" t)
29792 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29794 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29795 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29796 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29797 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29798 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29799 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29800 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29801 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29802 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29803 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29804 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29805 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29806 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29807 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29808 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29810 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" t)
29815 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29816 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29817 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29818 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29820 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29821 (vc-git-registered file))))
29825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" t)
29826 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29827 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29828 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29829 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29831 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29832 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" t)
29837 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29839 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29840 Name of the monotone directory.")
29842 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29843 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29844 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29845 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29847 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29848 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" t)
29853 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29855 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29856 Where to look for RCS master files.
29857 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29859 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29861 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" t)
29866 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29868 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29869 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29870 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29872 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29874 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29876 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29877 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29878 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29879 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" t)
29884 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
29886 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
29887 Where to look for SRC master files.
29888 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29890 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
29892 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
29896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" t)
29897 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29898 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29899 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29900 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29903 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29904 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29905 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" t)
29910 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29911 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29912 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29914 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29915 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29920 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29921 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29922 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29923 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29925 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29926 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29927 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29930 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29931 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29933 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29934 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29936 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29937 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29938 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29940 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29946 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29947 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29949 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29951 Official distribution is at
29952 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29955 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29956 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29969 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29971 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29972 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29973 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29974 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29975 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29977 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29979 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29980 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29982 Supports highlighting.
29984 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29985 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29987 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29989 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29990 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29991 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29992 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29993 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29994 on the left side of your screen.
29995 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29996 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29997 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29998 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29999 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30000 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30002 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30003 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30004 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30005 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30008 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30009 Indentation for case statements.
30010 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30011 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30013 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30014 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30015 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30016 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30017 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30018 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30019 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30020 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30021 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30023 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30027 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30028 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30029 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30030 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30031 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30032 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30033 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30034 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30035 comments in tight quarters.
30036 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
30037 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30039 Variables controlling other actions:
30041 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
30042 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30043 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30045 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30047 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30049 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30050 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30051 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30053 Some other functions are:
30055 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30056 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30057 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30058 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30059 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30061 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30062 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30063 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30064 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30066 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30067 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30068 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30069 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30070 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30071 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30072 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30073 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30074 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30075 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30076 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30077 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30078 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30079 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30080 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30081 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30082 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30083 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30084 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30085 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30086 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30087 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30088 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30089 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30090 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30091 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30092 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30093 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30094 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30095 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30096 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30098 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30099 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30101 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" t)
30108 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30110 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30111 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30116 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30117 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30118 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30119 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30120 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30121 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30122 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30123 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30124 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30126 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30127 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30128 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30129 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30131 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30132 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30133 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30134 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30135 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30137 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30138 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30142 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30143 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30144 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30148 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30149 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30150 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30151 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30153 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30154 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30155 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30156 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30157 == --> \" == \" \\='\\=' --> \\\"
30161 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30162 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30163 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30164 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30166 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30167 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30168 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30169 (e.g., type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30170 beginning with \"std\").
30172 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30173 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30174 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30179 `--' puts a single comment.
30180 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30181 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30182 with a comment in between.
30183 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30184 out following lines.
30185 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30186 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30187 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30188 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30190 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30191 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30192 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30193 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30194 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30197 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30198 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30199 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30200 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30201 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30202 multi-line comments.
30206 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30207 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30208 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30209 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30212 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30213 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30214 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30215 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30217 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30218 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow the conversion of spaces to
30219 tabs and vice versa.
30221 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30222 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30224 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30225 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30230 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30231 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30232 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30233 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30234 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30235 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30236 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30237 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30239 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30240 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30241 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30242 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30243 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30246 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30247 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30248 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30250 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30251 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30255 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30256 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30257 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30258 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30259 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30260 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30263 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30264 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30265 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30266 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30269 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30273 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30274 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30275 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30276 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30277 internal signal initializations (menu).
30279 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30280 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30281 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30283 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30284 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30285 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30286 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30287 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30288 in subsequent paste operations.)
30290 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30291 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30292 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30295 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30296 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30297 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30298 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30299 association list with formals).
30302 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30303 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30304 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30305 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30306 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30307 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30308 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30309 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30314 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30318 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30322 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30323 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30324 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30326 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30327 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30330 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30331 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30332 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30333 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30335 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30336 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30337 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30339 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30340 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30341 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30342 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30344 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30345 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30346 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30347 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30348 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30350 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30351 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30352 required by secondary units.
30355 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30356 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30357 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30358 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30359 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30360 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30361 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30362 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30363 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30364 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30365 inputs to this component -> input port created
30366 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30367 outputs from this component -> output port created
30368 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30369 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30371 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30372 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30373 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30374 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30375 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30377 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30378 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30380 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30381 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30382 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30383 component instantiation is also supported (option
30384 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30386 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30387 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30388 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30389 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30390 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30391 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30392 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30393 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30394 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30395 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30396 generating the configuration.
30398 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30399 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30400 configurations in speedbar.
30402 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30405 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30406 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30407 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30408 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30409 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30410 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30411 information. New compilers can be added.
30413 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30414 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30417 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30418 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30419 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30420 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30421 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30423 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30426 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30427 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30428 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30430 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30431 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30432 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30433 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30434 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30435 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30436 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30437 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30438 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30441 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30442 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30443 not (yet) supported.
30444 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30445 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30446 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30450 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30451 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30452 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30453 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30454 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30455 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30456 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30457 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30459 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30460 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30461 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30462 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30463 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30464 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30465 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30466 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30467 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30468 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30469 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30473 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30474 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30475 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30476 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30477 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30478 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30479 current directory for VHDL source files.
30483 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30484 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30488 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30489 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30490 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30491 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30492 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30493 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30494 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30495 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30498 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30499 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30500 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30501 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30502 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30503 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30504 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30506 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30507 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30508 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30509 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30510 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30511 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30513 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30514 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30515 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30516 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30517 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30520 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30521 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30522 highlighted if written in lower case.
30524 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30525 highlighted using a different background color if option
30526 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30528 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30529 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
30530 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30531 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30532 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30536 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30537 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30538 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30542 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30543 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30544 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30545 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30546 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30550 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30551 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30553 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30554 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30555 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30556 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30557 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30558 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30559 (used to obtain the port names).
30560 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30561 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30566 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30567 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30571 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30572 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30573 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30574 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30575 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30576 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30577 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30582 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30583 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30584 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30585 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30586 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30588 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30589 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
30590 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30591 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30592 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30595 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30596 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
30600 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30601 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30602 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30604 (push \\='(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\\\='\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30608 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30609 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30611 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30613 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30615 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30619 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30625 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
30626 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30628 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30630 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30631 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30632 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30633 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30635 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30636 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30637 where the latest version can be found.
30643 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30644 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30645 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30646 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30649 The VHDL Mode Authors
30650 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" t)
30662 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30664 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30665 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30667 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30669 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30670 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30671 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30672 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30674 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30676 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30677 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30681 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30682 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30683 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30684 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30686 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30688 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30689 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30693 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30696 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30698 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30701 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" t)
30706 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30708 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30709 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30710 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30712 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30714 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30715 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30716 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30717 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30719 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30721 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30722 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30724 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30726 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30727 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30728 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30729 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30730 moving around in the buffer.
30731 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30732 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30734 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30738 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30739 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30740 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30741 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30743 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30744 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30745 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30746 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30747 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30749 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30753 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30754 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30755 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30756 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30759 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30760 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30761 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30762 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30763 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30765 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30769 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30770 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30771 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30772 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30773 moving around in the buffer.
30774 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30775 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30777 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30779 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30780 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30781 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30783 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30784 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30785 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30786 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30788 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30789 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30790 own View-like bindings.
30792 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30794 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30795 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30796 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30797 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30798 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30799 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30800 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30802 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30804 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30806 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30807 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30808 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30810 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30811 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30812 own View-like bindings.
30814 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30816 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30817 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30818 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30819 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30820 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30821 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30822 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30824 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30826 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30828 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30829 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30830 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30832 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30833 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30834 own View-like bindings.
30836 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30838 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30839 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30840 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30841 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30842 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30844 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30845 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30846 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30847 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30851 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30852 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30853 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30854 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30855 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30856 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30857 to a repeat count of one.
30859 H, h, ? This message.
30860 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30861 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30862 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30863 > move to the end of buffer.
30864 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30865 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30866 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30867 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30868 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30869 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30870 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30871 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30872 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30873 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30874 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30875 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30876 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30877 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30878 Use this to view a changing file.
30879 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30880 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30881 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30883 x exchanges point and mark.
30884 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30885 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30886 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30887 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30888 ' go to position saved in character register.
30889 s do forward incremental search.
30890 r do reverse incremental search.
30891 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30892 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30893 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30894 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30895 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30896 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30897 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30898 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30899 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30900 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30901 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30902 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30903 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30904 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30905 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30906 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30907 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30909 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30910 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30911 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30912 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30913 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30914 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30915 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30916 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30917 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30919 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30923 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30924 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30925 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30926 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30927 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30928 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30929 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30930 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30931 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30933 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30935 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30937 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30938 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30939 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30940 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30941 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30942 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30944 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30945 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30946 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30948 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30950 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30952 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30954 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30955 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" t)
30962 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30963 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30965 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30966 Toggle Viper on/off.
30967 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30971 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30972 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" t)
30979 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30981 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30982 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30983 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30984 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30985 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30986 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30987 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30988 the beginning of the warning.")
30990 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30991 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30992 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30993 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30994 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30995 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30996 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30997 also call that function before the next warning.")
30999 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31000 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31002 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31003 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31004 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31005 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31007 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31008 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31009 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31010 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31011 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31012 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31014 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31015 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31016 Default is :warning.
31018 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31019 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31020 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31021 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31022 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31023 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31025 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31026 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31027 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31029 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31031 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31032 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31034 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31036 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31037 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31038 \\<special-mode-map>
31039 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31040 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31042 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31043 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31044 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31045 can be whatever you like.)
31047 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31048 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31050 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31051 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31052 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31053 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31054 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31056 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31058 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31059 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31060 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31061 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31062 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31064 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" t)
31069 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31070 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31072 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31073 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31074 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31075 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31076 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31077 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31078 directories to reflect your edits.
31086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" t)
31087 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31089 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31090 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31092 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31095 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" t)
31103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31104 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31105 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31107 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31109 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31110 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31111 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31112 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31113 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31114 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31116 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31118 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31119 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31120 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31121 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31122 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31124 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31125 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31126 in certain major modes.
31128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" t)
31133 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31134 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31136 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31137 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31138 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31139 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31140 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31142 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31143 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31147 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31148 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31149 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31150 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31151 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31153 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31154 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31155 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31156 use `whitespace-mode'.
31158 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31162 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31163 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
31164 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31165 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31166 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31167 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31169 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31171 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31172 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31173 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31174 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31175 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31177 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31178 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31182 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31183 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31184 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31185 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31186 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31187 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31189 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31191 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31192 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31193 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31194 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31195 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31197 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31198 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31199 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31200 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31202 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31206 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31207 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31209 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31210 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31212 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31213 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31215 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31219 f toggle face visualization
31220 t toggle TAB visualization
31221 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31222 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31223 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31224 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31225 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31226 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31227 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31228 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31229 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31230 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31231 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31232 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31233 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31234 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31235 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31236 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31238 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31239 T toggle TAB visualization
31240 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31241 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31243 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31244 ? display brief help
31246 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31247 The valid symbols are:
31249 face toggle face visualization
31250 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31251 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31252 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31253 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31254 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31255 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31256 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31257 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31258 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31259 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31260 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31261 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31262 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31263 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31264 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31265 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31266 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31268 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31269 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31270 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31272 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31274 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31278 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31279 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31281 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31282 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31284 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31285 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31287 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31291 f toggle face visualization
31292 t toggle TAB visualization
31293 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31294 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31295 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31296 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31297 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31298 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31299 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31300 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31301 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31302 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31303 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31304 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31305 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31306 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31307 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31308 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31310 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31311 T toggle TAB visualization
31312 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31313 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31315 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31316 ? display brief help
31318 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31319 The valid symbols are:
31321 face toggle face visualization
31322 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31323 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31324 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31325 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31326 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31327 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31328 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31329 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31330 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31331 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31332 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31333 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31334 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31335 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31336 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31337 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31338 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31340 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31341 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31342 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31344 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31346 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31350 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31351 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31353 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31354 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31355 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31356 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31357 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31359 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31361 The problems cleaned up are:
31363 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31364 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31365 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31366 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31368 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31369 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31370 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31371 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31373 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31374 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31375 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31376 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31378 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31379 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31380 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31381 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31382 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31383 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31384 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31385 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31387 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31388 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31389 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31391 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31392 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31393 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31394 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31395 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31396 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31397 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31398 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31400 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31405 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31406 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31408 The problems cleaned up are:
31410 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31411 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31412 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31413 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31415 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31416 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31417 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31418 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31420 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31421 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31422 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31423 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31424 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31425 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31426 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31427 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31429 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31430 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31431 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31433 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31434 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31435 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31436 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31437 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31438 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31439 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31440 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31442 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31445 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31447 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31448 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31450 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31452 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31454 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31455 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31457 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31460 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31461 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31462 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31470 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31471 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31474 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31476 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31477 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31478 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31479 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31480 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31481 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31482 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31484 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31485 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31486 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31487 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31488 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31489 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31490 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31492 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31493 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31494 cleaning up these problems.
31496 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" t)
31501 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31503 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31504 Browse the widget under point.
31508 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31509 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31511 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31513 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31514 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31516 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31518 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31519 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31520 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31521 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31522 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" t)
31529 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31531 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31532 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31534 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31536 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31537 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31538 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31540 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31542 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31543 Create widget of TYPE.
31544 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31546 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31548 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31551 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31553 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31554 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31556 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31558 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "
\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31559 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31560 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31561 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31563 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31564 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" t)
31571 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31573 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31574 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31575 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31576 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31577 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31578 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31579 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31583 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31584 Select the window above the current one.
31585 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31586 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31587 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31588 negative ARG) of the current window.
31589 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31593 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31594 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31595 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31596 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31597 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31598 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31599 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31603 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31604 Select the window below the current one.
31605 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31606 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31607 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31608 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31609 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31613 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31614 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31615 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31616 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
31618 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" t)
31623 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31625 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31626 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31627 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31628 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31629 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31630 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31632 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31634 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31635 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31636 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31637 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31638 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31639 \\{winner-mode-map}
31641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" t)
31646 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31647 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31649 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31650 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31651 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31652 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31653 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31655 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31657 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31658 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31659 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31660 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31661 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31662 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31663 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31664 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31666 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31667 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31669 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31671 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31672 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31676 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31677 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31678 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31679 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31680 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31681 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31682 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31683 `woman' command for further details.
31685 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31687 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31688 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31690 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" t)
31695 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31697 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31698 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31699 Return the top node with all its children.
31700 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31702 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31703 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31704 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31706 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31708 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31709 namespace to URIs instead.
31711 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
31712 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
31714 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31716 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31718 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31720 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31721 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31722 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31723 not contain well-formed XML.
31725 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31726 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31727 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31728 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31729 element of the list.
31730 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31731 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31732 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31734 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31736 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31737 namespace to URIs instead.
31739 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
31740 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
31742 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31744 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31746 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" t)
31751 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31753 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31754 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31755 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31756 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31757 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31758 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31759 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31760 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31761 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31762 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31764 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" t)
31769 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
31771 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
31776 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
31777 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
31781 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
31782 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
31786 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
31787 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
31788 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
31791 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
31792 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
31793 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
31794 buffer where the user can select from the list.
31796 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31798 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
31799 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
31801 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31803 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
31804 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
31806 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31808 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
31809 Find references to the identifier at point.
31810 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
31812 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31814 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
31815 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
31816 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
31818 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
31819 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
31820 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
31821 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
31822 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
31823 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
31824 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
31826 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
31827 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
31828 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
31829 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
31831 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
31835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" t)
31836 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31838 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31839 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31840 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31841 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31842 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31843 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31845 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31847 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31848 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31849 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31850 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31851 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31853 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31854 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31855 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31856 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31857 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31858 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" t)
31865 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
31867 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
31868 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
31869 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
31870 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
31872 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
31876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "mail/yenc.el" t)
31877 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/yenc.el
31879 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31880 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31882 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31884 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31885 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" t)
31892 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31894 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31895 Zone out, completely.
31901 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-loaddefs.el" "dired-x.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "dom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-loaddefs.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/generator.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "htmlfontify-loaddefs.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "ibuffer-loaddefs.el" "image/compface.el" "international/charprop.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "international/charscript.el" "international/fontset.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/rfc1843.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-brackets.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/thai.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "mail/ietf-drums.el" "mail/mail-parse.el" "mail/mail-prsvr.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2045.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2047.el" "mail/rfc2231.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-loaddefs.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mailcap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "net/nsm.el" "net/puny.el" "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/sieve-manage.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-print-loaddefs.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "ps-samp.el" "registry.el" "rtree.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "svg.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-loaddefs.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") t)
32122 (provide 'loaddefs)
32123 ;; Local Variables:
32124 ;; version-control: never
32125 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32126 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32129 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here